Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

the+debt+of+nature

  • 21 fondo

    m.
    1 bottom.
    doble fondo false bottom
    sin fondo bottomless
    su popularidad ha tocado fondo their popularity has reached an all-time low o rock bottom
    2 back.
    al fondo de at the end of; (calle, pasillo) at the back of (sala)
    3 depth.
    tener un metro de fondo to be one meter deep
    4 background.
    sobre fondo negro on a black background
    al fondo in the background
    5 heart, bottom.
    llegar al fondo de to get to the heart o bottom of
    el problema de fondo the underlying problem
    la cuestión de fondo the fundamental issue
    a fondo perdido non-returnable
    recaudar fondos to raise funds
    fondo de garantía de depósito deposit guarantee fund
    fondo de inversión investment fund
    fondo Monetario Internacional International Monetary Fund
    fondo de pensiones pension fund
    fondos reservados = contingency funds available to ministries, for which they do not have to account publicly
    7 catalog, collection.
    fondo editorial backlist
    8 reason, basis (fundamento).
    9 substance.
    de fondo long-distance
    de medio fondo middle-distance
    11 petticoat (combinación). (Colombian Spanish, Mexican Spanish)
    12 core, root, bottom.
    13 bed, lowest part.
    * * *
    3 (segundo término) background
    5 (aguante) stamina
    6 FINANZAS fund
    8 (motivo) reason; (raíz) root
    1 (dinero) funds, money sing
    \
    a fondo (adjetival) thorough 2 (adverbial) thoroughly
    a fondo perdido nonrecoverable, nonreturnable
    de... en fondo... abreast
    en el fondo figurado deep down, at heart
    reunir fondos to raise funds
    tocar fondo (barco) to touch bottom 2 figurado to reach rock bottom
    fondo de inversión investment fund
    fondo de pensiones pension fund
    Fondo Monetario Internacional International Monetary Fund
    fondo del mar sea bed
    fondo y forma form and substance
    fondos bloqueados frozen assets
    fondos disponibles available funds, liquid assets
    fondos públicos public funds
    * * *
    noun m.
    2) back, rear
    4) fund
    * * *
    SM
    1) [parte inferior] [de caja, botella, lago, mar] bottom; [de río] bed

    • los bajos fondos — the underworld

    • una maletín con doble fondo — a case with a false bottom, a false-bottomed case

    • irse al fondo — to sink to the bottom

    • en el fondo del mar — [gen] at the bottom of the sea; (=en el lecho marino) on the sea bed

    • sin fondo — bottomless

    la economía tocó fondo y el gobierno tuvo que devaluar la moneda — the economy reached o hit rock bottom and the government had to devalue the currency

    hemos tocado fondo y todo indica que la recuperación está muy próxima — the market has bottomed out and all the indications are that a recovery is just around the corner

    2) [parte posterior] [de pasillo, calle, nave] end; [de habitación, armario] back

    • al fondo, su oficina está al fondo a la izquierda — her office is at the end on the left

    3) (=profundidad) [de cajón, edificio, bañera] depth

    ¿cuánto tiene de fondo el armario? — how deep is the wardrobe?

    • tener mucho fondo — to be deep

    • tener poco fondo — [bañera] to be shallow; [cajón, armario] not to be deep enough

    4) (=lo fundamental)

    en el fondo de esta polémica late el miedo al cambio — at the heart o bottom of this controversy lies a fear of change

    • la cuestión de fondo — the basic o fundamental issue

    el problema de fondo — the basic o fundamental o underlying problem

    • la forma y el fondo — form and content

    • llegar al fondo de la cuestión — to get to the bottom of the matter

    artículo 2)
    5) (=segundo plano) background

    • música de fondo — background music

    • ruido de fondo — background noise

    fondo de escritorio, fondo de pantalla — (Inform) (desktop) wallpaper

    6)

    • a fondo —

    a) [como adj]

    • una investigación a fondo — [policial] a thorough investigation; [de estudio] an in-depth study

    • una limpieza a fondo — a thorough clean

    b) [como adv]

    no conoce a fondo la situación del país — he does not have a thorough o an in-depth knowledge of the country's situation

    • emplearse a fondo, tuvo que emplearse a fondo para disuadirlos — he had to use all his skill to dissuade them

    • pisar a fondo el acelerador — to put one's foot down ( on the accelerator)

    7)

    • en el fondo —

    a) (=en nuestro interior) deep down

    en el fondo, es buena persona — deep down he's a good person, he's a good person at heart

    • en el fondo de su corazón — in his heart of hearts, deep down

    b) (=en realidad) really

    lo que se debatirá en la reunión, en el fondo, es el futuro de la empresa — what is actually o really going to be debated in the meeting is the future of the company

    la verdad es que en el fondo, no tengo ganas — to be honest, I really don't feel like it

    en el fondo no quiere irse — when it comes down to it, he doesn't want to leave

    c) (=en lo fundamental) fundamentally, essentially

    en el fondo ambos sistemas son muy parecidos — fundamentally o essentially, both systems are very similar

    8) (Dep)

    • carrera de fondo — long-distance race

    • esquí de fondo — cross-country skiing

    • corredor de medio fondo — middle-distance runner

    • pruebas de medio fondo — middle-distance events

    9) (=dinero) (Com, Econ) fund; [en póker, entre amigos] pot, kitty

    contamos con un fondo de 150.000 euros para becas — we have at our disposal a budget of 150,000 euros for grants

    • a fondo perdido — [crédito, inversión] non-recoverable, non-refundable

    Fondo de Compensación Interterritorial — system of financial redistribution between the autonomous regions of Spain

    fondo ético — (Econ) ethical investment fund

    10) pl fondos (=dinero) funds

    • recaudar fondos — to raise funds

    • estar sin fondos — to be out of funds, be broke *

    cheque o talón sin fondos — bounced cheque, rubber check (EEUU)

    11) (=reserva) [de biblioteca, archivo, museo] collection
    12) (=carácter) nature, disposition

    de fondo jovial — of cheery o cheerful disposition, cheerful-natured

    13) (Dep) (=resistencia) stamina
    14) Chile, Méx, Ven [de comida, espectáculo]
    15) Méx

    • con o de fondo — serious

    16) Méx, Ven (=combinación) petticoat

    • medio fondo — slip

    17) And (=finca) country estate
    18) Chile (Culin) large pot ( to feed a large number of people)
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( parte más baja) bottom
    b) (parte de atrás - de pasillo, calle) end; (- de habitación) back

    estaban al or en el fondo de la sala — they were at the back of the room

    d) ( de edificio) depth
    e) (en cuadro, fotografía) background
    2)
    a) (Lit) ( contenido) content
    b) (Der)
    3) (Fin)
    a) ( de dinero) fund
    b) fondos masculino plural ( dinero) money, funds (pl)

    un cheque sin fondos — a dud o (AmE) rubber check (colloq)

    estoy mal de fondos — (fam) I'm short of cash (colloq)

    c)

    a fondo perdido — <inversión/préstamo> non-refundable, non-recoverable

    4) (Dep) ( en atletismo)

    de fondo — <corredor/carrera/prueba> long-distance

    5) (de biblioteca, museo) collection
    6) (Méx) (Indum) slip, underskirt

    a fondo — (loc adj) <estudio/investigación> in-depth; (loc adv) <prepararse/entrenar> thoroughly

    conoce el área/tema a fondo — she knows the area/subject really well

    de fondo — <ruido/música> background (before n); <error/discrepancia> fundamental

    en el fondo: en el fondo no es malo deep down he's not a bad person; en el fondo nos llevamos bien we get on all right, really; fondo blanco! (AmL fam) bottoms up! (colloq); tener buen fondo to be a good person at heart; tocar fondo to bottom out; su credibilidad ha tocado fondo — his credibility has hit o reached rock bottom

    * * *
    1)
    a) ( parte más baja) bottom
    b) (parte de atrás - de pasillo, calle) end; (- de habitación) back

    estaban al or en el fondo de la sala — they were at the back of the room

    d) ( de edificio) depth
    e) (en cuadro, fotografía) background
    2)
    a) (Lit) ( contenido) content
    b) (Der)
    3) (Fin)
    a) ( de dinero) fund
    b) fondos masculino plural ( dinero) money, funds (pl)

    un cheque sin fondos — a dud o (AmE) rubber check (colloq)

    estoy mal de fondos — (fam) I'm short of cash (colloq)

    c)

    a fondo perdido — <inversión/préstamo> non-refundable, non-recoverable

    4) (Dep) ( en atletismo)

    de fondo — <corredor/carrera/prueba> long-distance

    5) (de biblioteca, museo) collection
    6) (Méx) (Indum) slip, underskirt

    a fondo — (loc adj) <estudio/investigación> in-depth; (loc adv) <prepararse/entrenar> thoroughly

    conoce el área/tema a fondo — she knows the area/subject really well

    de fondo — <ruido/música> background (before n); <error/discrepancia> fundamental

    en el fondo: en el fondo no es malo deep down he's not a bad person; en el fondo nos llevamos bien we get on all right, really; fondo blanco! (AmL fam) bottoms up! (colloq); tener buen fondo to be a good person at heart; tocar fondo to bottom out; su credibilidad ha tocado fondo — his credibility has hit o reached rock bottom

    * * *
    fondo1
    1 = background, backing, quid, crux, fundus.

    Ex: In the background has often been the need, at a time of declining financial resources, to demonstrate the relevance of the library to all sectors of society and there can sometimes be detected an element of patronization.

    Ex: A picture is a two-dimensional visual representation accessible to the naked eye and generally on an opaque backing.
    Ex: The important moral crux at the heart of the novel 'The debt collector' is that the odds are stacked against the rehabilitation of violent criminals.
    Ex: The crux of the process is the development of multiple models.
    Ex: This is an extremely valuable clinical test that provides information about the circulatory system of the ocular fundus (the back of the eye) not attainable by routine examination.
    * a fondo = fully, thoroughly, full-scale.
    * al fondo (de) = at the bottom (of).
    * artículo de fondo = feature article.
    * corredor de fondo = long-distance runner.
    * en el fondo = at heart, deep down, in the back of + Posesivo + mind, in the back of + Posesivo + head, at the back of + Posesivo + head, bottom line, the, in the bottom.
    * en el fondo de = at the root of.
    * esquiador de fondo = cross-country skier.
    * esquí de fondo = cross-country skiing.
    * fondo del mar = sea bottom, seafloor [sea floor], ocean floor, seabed [sea bed].
    * fondo del océano = ocean bed, ocean floor.
    * fondo marino = deep-sea floor.
    * forma de doble fondo = double-faced mould.
    * forma de un solo fondo = single-faced mould.
    * forma de un solo fondo para papel verjurado = single-faced laid mould.
    * limpiar a fondo = spring-clean, clear out.
    * limpieza a fondo = spring cleaning.
    * llegar al fondo de la cuestión = see to the + bottom of things.
    * llegar al fondo de una Cuestión = get to + the bottom of, get to + the root of.
    * mar de fondo = groundswell.
    * material de fondo = backing.
    * movimiento de fondo = groundswell.
    * negro sobre fondo blanco = black on white.
    * pez de fondo = groundfish, bottom fish.
    * pozo sin fondo = bottomless pit.
    * ruido de fondo = background noise.
    * servir de telón de fondo = set + the backdrop.
    * sin fondo = bottomless.
    * telón de fondo = background, backdrop.
    * teniendo como telón de fondo = against + background of.
    * teniendo esto como telón de fondo = against this background.
    * tocar fondo = bottom out, hit + rock-bottom, reach + rock-bottom, touch + rock bottom, strike + bottom.

    fondo3
    3 = backlist, stock, collection, stocking.

    Ex: They not only provide detailed information about new books and those soon to be published, but also continue to list all of their books still in print (frequently called a ' backlist').

    Ex: Consider, for example, the work of the shoe shop manager and the way he arranges his stock of shoes.
    Ex: While there are a profusion of techniques in existence to gain access to the collections, there is no uniform system.
    Ex: Because of the lack of stocking space, there are many products that we can order for next day pick-up.
    * colección de fondos electrónicos = e-collection [electronic collection].
    * colección de fondos locales = local history collection, local collection.
    * con suficientes fondos = properly stocked.
    * consultar los fondos = search + holdings.
    * dotar de fondos a una biblioteca = stock + library.
    * exceso de fondos = overstock.
    * expurgo de fondos bibliográficos = collection weeding, stock weeding.
    * fondo antiguo = antiquarian materials.
    * fondo bibliográfico = bookstock [book stock].
    * fondo circulante = circulating collection.
    * fondo de acceso restringido = reserve collection.
    * fondo de consulta en sala = reserve reading collection, reserve collection, reserve shelves, special reserve, reserve book room.
    * fondo de lectura "formativo-recreativa" = browser collection.
    * fondo de préstamo por horas = short-loan collection.
    * fondo de recursos electrónicos de acceso restringido = electronic reserve.
    * fondo de registros bibliográficos = bibliographic pool, bibliographic record pool.
    * fondo de revistas = periodical holdings.
    * fondo documental = document collection.
    * fondo local = local material.
    * fondos bibliográficos = holdings, stock.
    * fondos de acceso libre = open stacks.
    * fondos de acceso restringido = closed access collection, closed stacks, closed access stacks.
    * fondos de la biblioteca = library's stock, library materials.
    * fondos de libre acceso = open access stacks.
    * fondos de material audiovisual = AV holdings.
    * fondos de publicaciones periódicas = serial holdings.
    * fondos de revistas = journal holdings.
    * fondos indioamericanos = American Indian materials.
    * fondos integrados = integrated stock.
    * fondos locales = local history material.
    * fondos patrimoniales = heritage collection.
    * ingresar en los fondos = accession.
    * mención de fondos = holdings statement.
    * provisto de buenos fondos = stockholding.
    * renovación de fondos = turnover, stock turnover, turnover of stock.
    * renovar fondos = turn over.
    * replanteamiento de los fondos = stock revision.
    * sección de fondos locales = local studies department, local studies library, local studies collection.
    * sección para el fondo de consulta en sala = reserve room.
    * selección de fondos = stock selection.

    * * *
    A
    el fondo del mar the bottom of the sea
    el fondo de la cacerola/bolsa the bottom of the saucepan/bag
    es muy profundo, no consigo tocar fondo it's very deep, I can't touch the bottom
    en el fondo de su corazón deep down (in his heart)
    tenemos que llegar al fondo de esta cuestión we must get to the bottom of this matter
    hay un fondo de verdad en esa historia there is an element of truth in that story
    hay en él un fondo de maldad there's a streak of maliciousness in him
    bajo1 (↑ bajo (1)), doble1 (↑ doble (1))
    2 (de un pasillo, una calle) end; (de una habitación) back
    al fondo, a la derecha at the end, on the right
    siga hasta el fondo del pasillo go to the end of the corridor
    yo vivo justo al fondo de la calle I live right at the end of the street
    encontró la carta al fondo del cajón he found the letter at the back of the drawer
    estaban sentados al or en el fondo de la sala they were sitting at the back of the room
    3
    (profundidad): esta piscina tiene poco fondo this pool is not very deep o is quite shallow
    necesito un cajón con más fondo I need a deeper drawer
    el edificio tiene poca fachada pero mucho fondo the building has a narrow frontage but it goes back a long way
    5 (en un cuadro, una fotografía) background
    estampado blanco sobre fondo gris white print on gray background
    Compuesto:
    ( Inf) wallpaper
    B
    1 ( Lit) (contenido) content
    el fondo y la forma de una novela the form and content of a novel
    2 ( Der):
    una cuestión de fondo a question of law
    C ( Fin)
    un fondo para las víctimas del siniestro a fund for the disaster victims
    tenemos un fondo común para estas cosas we have a joint fund o ( colloq) a kitty for these things
    2 fondos mpl (dinero) money, funds (pl)
    recaudar fondos to raise money
    reunió los fondos para la operación he raised the funds o money for the operation
    no dispone de fondos suficientes en la cuenta he does not have sufficient funds o money in his account
    un cheque sin fondos a dud o ( AmE) rubber check ( colloq)
    me dio un cheque sin fondos the check he gave me bounced, he gave me a dud check, the bank would not honor the check he gave me ( frml)
    el departamento no dispone de fondos para este fin the department does not have funds o money available for this purpose
    los fondos están bloqueados the funds have been frozen
    estoy mal de fondos ( fam); I'm short of cash ( colloq)
    3
    a fondo perdido ‹inversión/préstamo› non-refundable, non-recoverable
    lo que pagas de alquiler es dinero a fondo perdido the money you spend on rent is money wasted o ( colloq) money down the drain
    Compuestos:
    sinking fund
    venture capital fund
    venture capital fund
    goodwill
    ( Fin) fund of funds
    deposit guarantee fund
    strike fund
    investment fund
    Real Estate Investment Trust, REIT
    hedge fund
    research fund
    pension fund
    provident fund
    slush fund
    fighting fund
    tracker fund
    (UE) Cohesion Fund
    (UE) European Development Fund
    (UE) European Regional Development Fund
    (UE) European Agricultural Guidance and Guarantee Fund
    International Monetary Fund, IMF
    (UE) European Social Fund
    mpl (UE) structural funds (pl)
    mpl public funds (pl)
    mpl secret funds (pl)
    D ( Dep)
    1
    (en atletismo): de fondo ‹corredor/carrera/prueba› long-distance
    medio1 (↑ medio (1))
    2 (en gimnasia) push-up, press-up ( BrE)
    E (de una biblioteca, un museo) collection
    Compuesto:
    list (of titles)
    G ( Méx) ( Indum) petticoat, underskirt
    H ( en locs):
    a fondo ( loc adj) ‹estudio/análisis/investigación› in-depth ( before n);
    ( loc adv) ‹prepararse/entrenar› thoroughly
    esto necesita una limpieza a fondo this needs a thorough clean
    una reforma a fondo de las instituciones a sweeping reform of the institutions
    estudiar a fondo un problema to study a problem in depth
    los próximos días deben ser aprovechados a fondo you/we must make full use of the next few days, you/we must use the next few days to the full
    de fondo ‹ruido/música› background ( before n);
    ‹error/discrepancia› fundamental maquillaje
    en fondo ( Mil) abreast
    de cuatro en fondo four abreast
    en el fondo: en el fondo no es malo deep down he's not a bad person
    discutimos mucho, pero en el fondo nos llevamos bien we quarrel a lot but basically we get on all right o but we get on all right, really
    ¡fondo blanco! ( AmL fam); bottoms up! ( colloq)
    tener buen fondoor no tener mal fondo to be a good person at heart, to have one's heart in the right place
    tocar fondo: en el mes de abril el precio tocó fondo in April the price bottomed out
    ya hemos tocado fondo y las cosas empiezan a ir mejor we seem to be past the worst now and things are beginning to go better
    su credibilidad ha tocado fondo his credibility has hit o reached rock bottom
    me voy a tener que volver porque ya estoy tocando fondo I'm going to have to go back because I'm down to my last few dollars ( o pesos etc)
    I ( Chi) (olla grande) cauldron, large pot
    * * *

     

    fondo sustantivo masculino
    1


    llegaré al fondo de esta cuestión I'll get to the bottom of this matter
    b) ( parte de atrás — de pasillo, calle) end;

    (— de habitación) back;




    e) (en cuadro, fotografía) background

    2 (Lit) ( contenido) content
    3 (Fin)

    ◊ hacer un fondo común to start a joint fund o (colloq) a kitty

    b)

    ◊ fondos sustantivo masculino plural ( dinero) money, funds (pl);

    recaudar fondos to raise money;
    un cheque sin fondos a dud o (AmE) rubber check (colloq)
    4 (Dep) ( en atletismo):
    ◊ de fondo ‹corredor/carrera/prueba› long-distance ( before n)

    5 (Méx) (Indum) slip, underskirt
    6 ( en locs)
    ◊ a fondo ( loc adj) ‹estudio/investigación› in-depth ( before n);


    ‹ limpieza› thorough;
    ( loc adv) ‹prepararse/entrenar› thoroughly;

    de fondo ‹ruido/música› background ( before n);
    en el fondo: en el fondo nos llevamos bien we get on all right, really;
    en el fondo no es malo deep down he's not a bad person
    fondo sustantivo masculino
    1 (parte más profunda) bottom
    un doble fondo, a false bottom
    2 (interior de una persona) en el fondo es muy tierno, deep down he's very gentle
    3 (extremo opuesto) (de una habitación) back
    (de un pasillo) end
    4 (segundo plano) background
    música de fondo, background music
    mujer sobre fondo rojo, woman on a red background
    5 (núcleo, meollo) essence, core
    el fondo del asunto, the core of the matter
    6 Prensa artículo de fondo, leading article
    7 Dep corredor de fondo, long-distance runner
    esquí de fondo, cross-country skiing
    8 Fin fund: nos dio un cheque sin fondos, he gave us a bad cheque
    familiar fondo común, kitty 9 bajos fondos, underworld
    10 (conjunto de documentos, libros etc.) batch: los fondos documentales están en el sótano, the batches of documents are in the basement
    ♦ Locuciones: tocar fondo, Náut to touch bottom
    figurado to reach rock bottom
    a fondo, thoroughly
    a fondo perdido, non-recoverable funds
    ' fondo' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    esquí
    - F.M.I.
    - FMI
    - FSE
    - lecho
    - revolverse
    - sentar
    - telón
    - artículo
    - barril
    - bien
    - carrera
    - corredor
    - crear
    - cuestión
    - doble
    - maquillaje
    - mar
    English:
    back
    - backdrop
    - background
    - bed
    - blunder
    - board
    - bottom
    - bottom out
    - bottomless
    - clean out
    - clear out
    - cross-country
    - dappled
    - depth
    - end
    - extensive
    - floor
    - fund
    - going-over
    - groundswell
    - heart
    - IMF
    - inch
    - International Monetary Fund
    - kitty
    - long-distance
    - mutual fund
    - pool
    - scrub down
    - seabed
    - sink
    - spring-clean
    - stuff away
    - thoroughly
    - thrash out
    - underneath
    - unit trust
    - abreast
    - clean
    - closely
    - deep
    - deeply
    - disaster
    - float
    - full
    - further
    - good
    - heavy
    - in-depth
    - international
    * * *
    fondo nm
    1. [parte inferior] bottom;
    el fondo del mar the bottom of the sea;
    fondos [de embarcación] bottom;
    dar fondo [embarcación] to drop anchor;
    echar a fondo [embarcación] to sink;
    irse a fondo [embarcación] to sink, to founder;
    sin fondo bottomless;
    RP Fam
    ¡fondo blanco! bottoms up!;
    tocar fondo [embarcación] to hit the bottom (of the sea/river);
    [crisis] to bottom out;
    su popularidad ha tocado fondo their popularity has reached an all-time low o rock bottom;
    mi paciencia ha tocado fondo my patience has reached its limit
    2. [de habitación, escenario] back;
    al fondo de [calle, pasillo] at the end of;
    [sala] at the back of;
    el fondo de la pista the back of the court;
    los baños están al fondo del pasillo, a la derecha the toilets are at the end of the corridor, on the right
    3. [dimensión] depth;
    un río de poco fondo a shallow river;
    tener un metro de fondo to be one metre deep
    4. [de cuadro, foto, tela] background;
    quiero una tela de flores sobre fondo negro I'd like some material with a pattern of flowers on a black background;
    al fondo in the background
    5. [de alcachofa] heart
    6. [de asunto, problema] heart, bottom;
    el problema de fondo the underlying problem;
    la cuestión de fondo the fundamental issue;
    llegar al fondo de to get to the heart o bottom of;
    el gobierno quiere llegar al fondo de la cuestión the government wants to get to the bottom of the matter;
    en el fondo [en lo más íntimo] deep down;
    [en lo esencial] basically;
    en el fondo está enamorada de él deep down, she loves him;
    en el fondo, no es mala persona deep down, she's not a bad person;
    en el fondo tus problemas son los mismos basically, you have the same problems
    7. [de una persona]
    tener buen fondo to have a good heart;
    tener mal fondo to be a Br nasty o US real piece of work
    8. [de obra literaria] substance
    9. [de dinero] fund;
    a fondo perdido [préstamo] non-returnable;
    no estamos dispuestos a invertir a fondo perdido we're not prepared to pour money down the drain;
    fondos [capital] funds;
    nos hemos quedado sin fondos our funds have run out;
    un cheque sin fondos a bad cheque;
    estar mal de fondos [persona] to be badly off;
    [empresa] to be short of funds;
    recaudar fondos to raise funds
    Econ fondo de amortización sinking fund;
    fondos bloqueados frozen funds;
    fondo de cohesión cohesion fund;
    Fin fondo de comercio goodwill;
    fondo de compensación interterritorial interterritorial compensation fund;
    fondo común kitty;
    poner un fondo (común) to set up a kitty;
    Fin fondo de crédito permanente evergreen fund;
    fondo de emergencia contingency fund;
    UE fondos estructurales structural funds; Fin fondo ético ethical fund; UE Fondo Europeo de Desarrollo European Development Fund; UE Fondo Europeo de Desarrollo Regional European Regional Development Fund; Fin fondo de garantía de depósitos deposit guarantee fund; Fin fondo de inversión investment fund; Fin fondo de inversión ético ethical investment fund;
    fondo de inversión inmobiliaria real estate investment fund;
    fondo de inversión mobiliaria Br trust fund, US mutual fund;
    Fondo Monetario Internacional International Monetary Fund;
    Fondo Mundial para la Naturaleza World Wildlife Fund;
    Econ fondo de pensiones pension fund;
    fondos públicos public funds;
    Fin fondo de renta fija non-equity fund, bond fund; Fin fondo de renta variable equity fund;
    fondos reservados = contingency funds available to ministries, for which they do not have to account publicly;
    Fin fondo rotativo revolving fund; UE Fondo Social Europeo European Social Fund;
    fondo vitalicio life annuity
    10. [fundamento] reason, basis;
    sus acciones tienen siempre un fondo humanitario everything she does is for humanitarian reasons
    11.
    hacer algo a fondo [en profundidad] to do sth thoroughly;
    hicimos una lectura a fondo we read it through carefully;
    hacer una limpieza a fondo to have a thorough clean;
    el juez ha ordenado una investigación a fondo the judge has ordered a full enquiry o an in-depth investigation;
    emplearse a fondo to do one's utmost
    12. [de biblioteca, archivo] catalogue, collection
    fondo editorial backlist
    13. Dep [resistencia física] stamina
    14. Dep [larga distancia] long-distance running;
    medio fondo middle-distance running;
    carrera de fondo long-distance race;
    esquí de fondo cross-country skiing;
    de medio fondo middle-distance
    fondo en carretera [ciclismo] road racing
    15. Dep [ejercicio] push-up, Br press-up
    16. Carib, Méx [prenda] petticoat
    17. Cuba [caldero] cauldron
    18. RP [patio] back patio
    * * *
    m
    1 bottom;
    doble fondo false bottom;
    fondo marino seabed;
    tocar fondo fig reach bottom;
    los bajos fondos the underworld sg
    2 ( profundidad) depth;
    hacer una limpieza a fondo de algo give sth a thorough clean, clean sth thoroughly;
    emplearse a fondo fig give one’s all;
    ir al fondo de algo look at sth in depth;
    en el fondo deep down
    3 de sala, cuarto etc back; de pasillo end
    4 PINT, FOT background;
    música de fondo background music
    5 de un museo etc collection
    6 COM fund;
    fondos pl money sg, funds;
    a fondo perdido non-refundable;
    7 DEP
    :
    de medio fondo middle distance atr
    :
    tiene buen fondo he’s got a good heart
    * * *
    fondo nm
    1) : bottom
    2) : rear, back, end
    3) : depth
    4) : background
    5) : sea bed
    6) : fund
    fondo de inversiones: investment fund
    7) Mex : slip, petticoat
    8) fondos nmpl
    : funds, resources
    cheque sin fondos: bounced check
    9)
    a fondo : thoroughly, in depth
    en fondo : abreast
    * * *
    1. (en general) bottom
    2. (de calle, pasillo) end
    4. (segundo término) background

    Spanish-English dictionary > fondo

  • 22 Gillette, King Camp

    [br]
    b. 5 January 1855 Fond du Lac, Wisconsin, USA
    d. 9 July 1932 Los Angeles, California, USA
    [br]
    American inventor and manufacturer, inventor of the safety razor.
    [br]
    Gillette's formal education in Chicago was brought to an end when a disastrous fire destroyed all his father's possessions. Forced to fend for himself, he worked first in the hardware trade in Chicago and New York, then as a travelling salesman. Gillette inherited the family talent for invention, but found that his successful inventions barely paid for those that failed. He was advised by a previous employer, William Painter (inventor of the Crown Cork), to look around for something that could be used widely and then thrown away. In 1895 he succeeded in following that advice of inventing something which people could use and then throw away, so that they would keep coming back for more. An idea came to him while he was honing an old-fashioned razor one morning; he was struck by the fact that only a short piece of the whole length of a cutthroat razor is actually used for shaving, as well as by the potentially dangerous nature of the implement. He "rushed out to purchase some pieces of brass, some steel ribbon used for clock springs, a small hand vise and some files". He thought of using a thin steel blade sharpened on each side, placed between two plates and held firmly together by a handle. Though coming from a family of inventors, Gillette had no formal technical education and was entirely ignorant of metallurgy. For six years he sought a way of making a cheap blade from sheet steel that could be hardened, tempered and sharpened to a keen edge.
    Gillette eventually found financial supporters: Henry Sachs, a Boston lamp manufacturer; his brother-in-law Jacob Heilbron; and William Nickerson, who had a considerable talent for invention. By skilled trial and error rather than expert metallurgical knowledge, Nickerson devised ways of forming and sharpening the blades, and it was these that brought commercial success. In 1901, the American Safety Razor Company, later to be renamed the Gillette Safety Razor Company, was set up. When it started production in 1903 the company was badly in debt, and managed to sell only fifty-one razors and 168 blades; but by the end of the following year, 90,000 razors and 12.4 million blades had been sold. A sound invention coupled with shrewd promotion ensured further success, and eight plants manufacturing safety razors were established in various parts of the world. Gillette's business experiences led him into the realms of social theory about the way society should be organized. He formulated his views in a series of books published over the years 1894 to 1910. He believed that competition led to a waste of up to 90 per cent of human effort and that want and crime would be eliminated by substituting a giant trust to plan production centrally. Unfortunately, the public in America, or anywhere else for that matter, were not ready for this form of Utopia; no omniscient planners were available, and human wants and needs were too various to be supplied by a single agency. Even so, some of his ideas have found favour: air conditioning and government provision of work for the unemployed. Gillette made a fortune from his invention and retired from active participation in the business in 1913, although he remained President until 1931 and Director until his death.
    [br]
    Bibliography
    "Origin of the Gillette razor", Gillette Blade (February/March).
    Further Reading
    Obituary, 1932, New York Times (11 July).
    J.Jewkes, D.Sawers and R.Stillerman, 1958, The Sources of Invention, London: Macmillan.
    LRD / IMcN

    Biographical history of technology > Gillette, King Camp

  • 23 умирать

    1) General subject: be near (one's) end, be nearing one's end, cross the Styx, dead, decease, depart, die, drop, drop off the hooks, evaporate, expire, go, pack up, part, pass, pass away, pass from among us, pass hence, pass out, pay one's debt to nature, perish, starve, succumb, transit, waste, hop the perch, hop the stick, hop the twig, flatline (of a person - to die - Origin: 1980s: from flat + line - with reference to the continuous straight line displayed on a heart monitor, indicating death)
    2) Naval: go off
    3) Medicine: breathe one's last, (изолиния) flatline
    5) American: go under
    6) Literal: quit the scene
    7) Australian slang: cark it
    10) Makarov: go( went; gone), lose plant, drop off, die away (о чувствах), die down (о чувствах)

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > умирать

  • 24 ἀποτίνω

    ἀποτίνω, Arc. [full] ἀπυτείω IG5(2).6.43 (Tegea, iv B.C.), [tense] fut. - τείσω: [tense] aor. -έτεισα; Thess. [ per.] 3sg. [tense] aor. imper. ἀππεισάτον ib.9(2).1229 (ii B.C.):—
    2 pay for a thing, πρὶν.. μνηστῆρας ὑπερβασίην σίην ἀποτεῖσαι ib.13.193; Πατρόκλοιο δ' ἕλωρα.. ἀποτείσῃ may atone for making a prey of Patroclus, Il.18.93; σύν τε μεγάλψ ἀπέτεισαν made atonement with a great price, ib.4.161;

    ἀ. αἷμα A.Ag. 1338

     (lyr.);

    πληγὰς τῶν ὑπεραύχων S.Ant. 1352

    .
    3 more freq., pay in full, τίσιν οὐκ ἀποτείσει Orac. ap. Hdt.5.56, cf. 3.109;

    ζημίην Id.2.65

    ;

    ἀργύριον Ar.V. 1255

    ;

    ἐγγύας Antipho 2.2.12

    , cf. 5.63;

    χρήματα Lys. 1.29

    ;

    ἀξίαν Luc.DMort.30.1

    ; ἀπότεισον pay the wager! Ar.Pl. 1059; in Law παθεῖν ἢ ἀποτεῖσαι are opposed to denote personal or pecuniary penalties, e.g. Lexap. D.21.47, cf. ib.25;

    τί ἄξιός εἰμι παθεῖν ἢ ἀ.; Pl.Ap. 36b

    , cf.Plt. 299a, Lg. 843b, al.
    4 c. acc. pers., ἀλάστωρ.. τόνδ' ἀπέτεισεν made him the price, A.Ag. 1503 (lyr.).
    5 τὸ πεπρωμένον ἀ. pay the debt of fate, i.e. die, Epigr.Gr.509 (Thess.).
    II [voice] Med., ἀποτίνομαι, poet. ἀποτίνῠμαι (freq. written - τίννυμαι) Il.16.398, Hes.Op. 247 (s.v.l.), Thgn.362, Hdt.6.65: [tense] fut. - τείσομαι:—to get paid one, exact or require a penalty from,

    πόλεων δ' ἀπετίνυτο ποινήν Il.16.398

    , etc.: c. dupl. acc.,

    ἀποτείσασθαι δίκην ἐχθρούς E. Heracl. 852

    ;

    δέκα τάλαντ' ἀ. Eup.317

     (dub.), etc.
    2 c. acc. pers., ἀποτείσασθαί τινα avenge oneself on another, punish him, Od.5.24, X. Cyr.5.4.35, etc.
    3 c. acc. rei, take vengeance for a thing, punish it,

    εἴ κέ ποτέ σφι βίας ἀποτείσεται Od.3.216

    , cf. 16.255;

    τὰ παράνομα.. θεὸς ἀ. Ar.Th. 684

    : c. gen. rei,

    ἀ. τῶν.. ἱρῶν κατακαυθέντων Hdt.6.101

    , v. supr.1.2: abs., take vengeance, Thgn. l.c., Sol.4.16. [ ἀποτίνω] has [pron. full] ῑ by position before νϝ in [dialect] Ep., [pron. full] ῐ in [dialect] Att. For ἀποτίνυμαι, which has [pron. full] ῑ by nature, ἀποτείνυμαι should perh. be read in early texts; cf. foreg.]

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἀποτίνω

  • 25 estar

    v.
    1 to be.
    el dólar está a 10 pesos the dollar is at 10 pesos
    están a dos euros el kilo they're two euros a kilo
    está terminado it's finished
    2 to be.
    ¿dónde está la llave? where is the key?
    ¿está María? — no, no está is Maria there? — no, she's not here
    Ella estuvo aburrida She was bored.
    El edificio está en la calle tres The building is on third street.
    3 to be (expresa cualidad, estado).
    los pasteles están ricos the cakes are delicious
    esta calle está sucia this street is dirty
    estar de mudanza to be (in the process of) moving
    estamos de suerte we're in luck
    estar de vacaciones to be on holiday
    estar de viaje to be on a trip
    estar en uso to be in use
    estar en guardia to be on guard
    estamos sin agua we have no water, we're without water
    5 to be.
    están golpeando la puerta they're banging on the door
    6 to stay, to be.
    estaré un par de horas y me iré I'll stay a couple of hours and then I'll go
    7 to be ready (hallarse listo).
    ¿aún no está ese trabajo? is that piece of work still not ready?
    8 to be for.
    Me estuvo difícil el examen The exam was difficult for me.
    * * *
    Present Indicative
    estoy, estás, está, estamos, estáis, están.
    Imperfect Indicative
    estaba, estabas, estaba, estábamos, estabais, estaban.
    Past Indicative
    Future Indicative
    estaré, estarás, estará, estaremos, estaréis, estarán.
    Conditional
    estaría, estarías, estaría, estaríamos, estaríais, estarían.
    Present Subjunctive
    esté, estés, esté, estemos, estéis, estén.
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    Future Subjunctive
    Imperative
    está (tú), esté (él/Vd.), estemos (nos.), estad (vos.), estén (ellos/Vds.).
    * * *
    verb
    - estarse
    * * *
    Para las expresiones estar bien, estar mal, ver la otra entrada.
    1. VERBO INTRANSITIVO
    1) [indicando situación] to be

    ¿dónde estabas? — where were you?

    -las tijeras están en el cajón -no, aquí no están — "the scissors are in the drawer" - "no, they're not in here"

    -hola, ¿está Carmen? -no, no está — "hello, is Carmen in?" - "no, I'm afraid she isn't"

    • está [fuera] — [de casa] she's out; [de la ciudad/en el extranjero] she's away

    • [ya que] estamos — while we are at it

    2) [indicando un estado transitorio]
    a) + adj, adv to be

    estar enfermo {o} malo — to be ill

    ¿estás casado o soltero? — are you married or single?

    ¿cómo estamos? — [gen] how are we doing?; [a otra persona] how are you?

    con este frío, aquí no se puede estar — it's unbearably cold here

    ¡qué bueno está este café! — this coffee's really good!

    ¿está libre el baño? — is the bathroom free?

    ¿qué tal {o} cómo estás? — how are you?

    el récord anterior estaba en 33 segundos — the previous record was {o} stood at 33 seconds

    b) + participio to be
    c) + gerundio to be

    venga, ya nos estamos yendo, que es tarde — come on, it's time to go, it's late

    3) (=existir) to be

    • [dejar] estar, déjalo estar — just leave him be

    4) [indicando el aspecto de algo] to look

    ¡qué elegante estás! — you're looking really smart!

    estás más delgado — you've lost weight, you look slimmer

    ese tío está muy bueno — * that guy's gorgeous *, that guy's a bit of all right *

    5) (=estar listo) to be ready

    ¡ya está! ya sé lo que podemos hacer — that's it! I know what we can do

    ya estoy — I'm done, that's me *

    ¡ya estamos! — [después de hacer algo] that's it!; [dicho con enfado] that's enough!

    ¿estamos? — [al estar listo] ready?; [para pedir conformidad] are we agreed?, right?, OK? *

    ¡ya estuvo! — Méx that's it!

    6) [indicando fecha, distancia, temperatura]

    cuando estemos en verano — when it's summer, in the summer

    7) [en estructuras con preposición]
    estar a

    estamos a 8 de junio — it is 8 June {or} the 8th of June, today is 8 June {o} the 8th of June

    estábamos a 40°C — it was 40°C

    ¿a cuántos estamos? — what's the date?

    ¿a cuánto estamos de Madrid? — how far are we from Madrid?

    las uvas están a 1,60 euros — the grapes are one euro 60 cents

    ¿a cuánto está el kilo de naranjas? — how much are oranges per kilo?

    estar con

    está con la gripe — he's down with flu, he's got the flu

    estuvo con la enfermedad durante dos años — she had {o} suffered from the disease for two years

    • estar con [algn], yo estoy con él — I'm with him

    estar de

    está de jefe temporalmente — he is acting as boss, he is the acting boss

    ¡estoy de nervioso! — I'm so nervous!

    estar en

    el problema está en que... — the problem lies in the fact that...

    yo estoy en que... — (=creer) I believe that...

    estar para

    para eso estamos — [gen] that's why we're here, that's what we're here for; [respondiendo a gracias] don't mention it

    • estar para [hacer] algo — (=a punto de) to be about to do sth, be on the point of doing sth

    • [no] estoy para bromas — I'm not in the mood for joking

    si alguien llama, no estoy para nadie — if anyone calls, I'm not in

    estar por (=en favor de) [+ política] to be in favour {o} (EEUU) favor of; [+ persona] to support hueso 1) estar por ({+ infin})

    la historia de ese hallazgo está por escribir — the story of that discovery is still to be written {o} has yet to be written

    está todavía por hacer — it remains to be done, it is still to be done

    yo estoy por dejarlo — I'm for leaving it, I'm in favour of leaving it

    está por llover — LAm it's going to rain

    estar sin ({+ infin})

    las camas estaban sin hacer — the beds were unmade, the beds hadn't been made

    ¿todavía estás sin peinar? — haven't you brushed your hair yet?

    estar sobre algn/algo

    hay que estar sobre el arroz para que no se pegue — you need to keep a close eye on the rice to make sure it doesn't stick to the pan

    estar sobre sí — to be in control of o.s.

    8) [en oraciones ponderativas]

    • está [que] rabia — * he's hopping mad *, he's furious

    estoy que me caigo de sueño — I'm terribly sleepy, I can't keep my eyes open

    2.
    See:
    * * *
    I 1.
    1) ( seguido de adjetivos) [ Estar denotes a changed condition or state as opposed to identity or nature, which is normally expressed by ser. Estar is also used when the emphasis is on the speaker's perception of things, of their appearance, taste, etc. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in ser 1 cópula 1] to be

    qué gordo está! — isn't he fat!, hasn't he got(ten) fat!

    la sopa está deliciosa/muy caliente — the soup is delicious/very hot

    está muy simpático conmigo — he's being o he's been so nice to me (recently)

    todo está tan caro! — things are o have become so expensive!

    está cansada/furiosa/embarazada — she is tired/furious/pregnant

    2) (con bien, mal, mejor, peor)

    están todos bien, gracias — they're all fine, thanks

    está mal que no se lo perdones — it's wrong of you not to forgive him; ver tb bien, mal, mejor, peor

    estar sentado/echado/arrodillado — to be sitting/lying/kneeling (down)

    estaban abrazados — they had their arms around each other; ver tb verbo auxiliar 2

    ¿a cómo está la uva? — how much are the grapes?

    están de limpieza/viaje — they're spring-cleaning/on a trip

    estar con alguien — ( estar de acuerdo) to agree with somebody; ( apoyar) to support somebody, be on somebody's side

    estar en algo: no lo hemos solucionado pero estamos en ello or eso — we haven't solved it but we're working on it

    2.
    estar vi
    edificio/pueblo ( estar ubicado) to be

    ¿dónde está Chiapas? — where's Chiapas?

    2)
    a) persona/objeto ( hallarse en cierto momento) to be

    ¿sabes dónde está Pedro? — do you know where Pedro is?

    ¿a qué hora tienes que estar allí? — what time do you have to be there?

    ¿dónde estábamos la clase pasada? — where did we get to in the last class?

    b) ( figurar) to be

    yo no estaba en la lista — I wasn't on the list, my name didn't appear on the list

    ¿está Rodrigo? — is Rodrigo in?

    ¿estamos todos? — are we all here?

    4)
    a) (quedarse, permanecer)

    ¿cuánto tiempo estarás en Londres? — how long are you going to be in London (for)?

    b) ( vivir)

    ahora estamos en Soca — we're in o we live in Soca now

    ¿a qué (día) estamos? — what day is it today?

    ¿a cuánto estamos hoy? — what's the date today?

    estamos a 28 de mayo — it's May 28th (AmE) o (BrE) the 28th of May

    ¿en qué mes estamos? — what month are we in o is it?

    6) (existir, haber)

    y después está el problema de... — and then there's the problem of...

    luego están los niños, hay que pensar en ellos — then there are the children to think about

    7) (tener como función, cometido)

    estar para algo: para eso están los amigos that's what friends are for; estamos para ayudarlos — we're here to help them

    8) ( radicar)

    estar en algo: en eso está el problema that's where the problem lies; todo está en que él quiera — it all depends on whether he wants to or not

    9) (estar listo, terminado)

    que no vuelva a suceder ¿estamos? — don't let it happen again, understand? o (colloq) got it?

    11)

    ya que estamos/estás — while we're/you're at it

    12) (Esp) ( quedar) (+ me/te/le etc) (+ compl)

    te está grande/pequeña — it's too big/too small for you

    3.
    estar v aux

    ya está hecho un hombrecito — he's a proper young man now; ver tb estar cópula 4)

    4.
    estarse v pron
    1) (enf) ( permanecer) to stay

    ¿no te puedes estar quieto? — can't you stay o keep still?

    2) (enf) ( llegar) to be
    II
    masculino (esp AmL) living room
    * * *
    = be, become, live with.
    Ex. Systems such as Dialog, IRS, ORBIT and BLAISE may be accessed by libraries and information units.
    Ex. Some degree of ignorance of this kind is not unusual since the usual objective in consulting an information source is to become better informed.
    Ex. Medical advances are improving the lives of people living with HIV/AIDS, while prevention remains the key to stopping the spread of this disease.
    ----
    * ¡cómo se nota que no está el jefe! = while the cat's away, the mice will play.
    * ahí está el problema = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.
    * ahí está la dificultad = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.
    * creer que estar bien = feel + right.
    * creer que estar mal = feel + wrong.
    * dar la señal de estar listo = prompt.
    * dejar como + estar = leave + untouched.
    * dejar las cosas como están = let + sleeping dogs lie.
    * de tal forma que + ser/estar = in such form as to + be.
    * el diablo está en los detalles = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * el futuro + estar + justo a la vuelta de la esquina = the future + be + just around the corner.
    * esperanza + estar = hope + lie.
    * estando de acuerdo = approvingly.
    * estando de servicio = while on the job.
    * estando sentado = from a seated position.
    * estar a años de distancia = be years away.
    * estar abierto a = be open to.
    * estar abocado a ser = be doomed.
    * estar absorto en = be wrapped up in.
    * estar aburridísimo = be bored stiff, be bored to death, be bored to tears, be bored out of + Posesivo + mind.
    * estar aburrido como una ostra = be bored stiff.
    * estar a caballo entre = stand + midway between, straddle (between).
    * estar a caballo entre... y... = lie + midway between... and..., tread + a fine line between... and, tread + the thin line between... and, tread + a delicate line between... and.
    * estar acabando con = eat away at.
    * estar acabándose = be on the way out, be on + Posesivo + last legs.
    * estar a + Cantidad + de distancia = Cantidad + distant from.
    * estar a cargo de = man, be the responsibility of.
    * estar accesible = be up.
    * estar accesible en línea = go + online.
    * estar accesible en red = go + online.
    * estar acertado = be right on track.
    * estar acostumbrado a = be familiar with, be no stranger to, be used to.
    * estar acostumbrado a + Infinitivo = be accustomed to + Gerundio.
    * estar a dos velas = not have a bean.
    * estar a + Expresión Numérica + de distancia = be + Número + away.
    * estar a favor de = be for, be in favour (of), come down in + favour of.
    * estar a favor de una idea = favour + idea.
    * estar a favor o en contra = be for or against.
    * estar agobiado de = be snowed under with.
    * estar agradecido = be thankful.
    * estar a la alerta de = be wary of.
    * estar a la altura de = live up to, be equal to.
    * estar a la altura de la circunstancias = make + the cut.
    * estar a la altura de las circunstancias = come up with + the goods.
    * estar a la altura de las circunstancias = rise (up) to + challenge.
    * estar a la altura de las circunstancias = be up to the mark, be up to scratch, be equal to the occasion, rise (up) to + the occasion, deliver + the goods, measure up (to), be up to snuff.
    * estar a la altura de las expectativas = live up to + Posesivo + expectations.
    * estar a la altura de las posibilidades = live up to + Posesivo + potential.
    * estar a la altura de lo que se espera = live up to + Posesivo + expectations.
    * estar a la baja = be down.
    * estar al acecho = lie in + wait.
    * estar a la entera disposición de Alguien = be at + Posesivo + feet.
    * estar al alcance de la mano = be at hand.
    * estar a la misma altura que = rank with.
    * estar a la orden del día = be the order of the day.
    * estar a la par de = rank with.
    * estar a la vuelta de la esquina = be just around the corner.
    * estar al borde de = teeter + on the edge of.
    * estar al completo = overbook.
    * estar al corriente = monitor + developments.
    * estar al día = monitor + developments, stay on top of + the game, stay on top of, stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * estar alejado + Expresión Numérica = be + Número + away.
    * estar al lado de = stand by + Lugar.
    * estar al loro de = be on the lookout for, keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.
    * estar al máximo = overstretch.
    * estar al mismo nivel = be on a par.
    * estar al tanto = monitor + developments.
    * estar al tanto de = be on the lookout for, keep + track of, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.
    * estar al tanto de las cosas = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * estar a mano = be on hand, be around.
    * estar a medio camino entre... y... = lie + midway between... and....
    * estar a merced de = be at the mercy of.
    * estar ansioso por = be eager to.
    * estar ante = be faced with.
    * estar apagado = be off.
    * estar a punto de = be poised to, be about to, be on the point of, stand + poised, come + very close to.
    * estar a punto de cascarlas = be on + Posesivo + last legs.
    * estar a punto de decir = be on the tip of + Posesivo + tongue to say.
    * estar a punto de + Infinitivo = be about + Infinitivo.
    * estar aquí ya = be upon us.
    * estar a resultas de = keep + track of.
    * estar arraigado en = be rooted in.
    * estar arrestado = be under arrest.
    * estar arriba = sit on + top.
    * estar a salvo = be in safe hands.
    * estar asociado a = be associated with, be bound up with.
    * estar atado a = hold + hostage to.
    * estar atareado = be tied up.
    * estar atento a = be on the lookout for, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.
    * estar aterrorizado = be petrified of, be frightened to death, be scared stiff, be terrified.
    * estar a tope = overstretch.
    * estar atrancado = be stuck.
    * estar atrasado en el pago = be in arrears.
    * estar aumentando = be on the increase.
    * estár aún más alejados = be one step further removed.
    * estar aún por llegar = be yet to come.
    * estar ausente = lack.
    * estar ausente de = be absent (from).
    * estar avanzado = be well under way.
    * estar avergonzado = be ashamed.
    * estar averiado = be out of order.
    * estar aviado = be (in) a mess.
    * estar bajo arresto = be under arrest.
    * estar bajo la tutela de = fall under + the auspices of.
    * estar bastante acostumbrado a = be all too familiar with.
    * estar bastante alejado = be a distance apart.
    * estar bien = be okay, be in good shape, be in good health.
    * estar bien de salud = be in good health.
    * estar bien encaminado = be on the right track.
    * estar bien pensado = be carefully thought out.
    * estar borracho = be drunk, see + double.
    * estar callado = keep + quiet.
    * estar cansado de = be sick and tired of.
    * estar capacitado para = be qualified to.
    * estar casi finalizado = near + completion.
    * estar casi terminado = be nearing completion, reach + near completion.
    * estar castigado = be in the doghouse.
    * estar cerca = be at hand, be on hand, be around.
    * estar cerca de = be close to.
    * estar chalado = be off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * estar chiflado = be off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * estar chiflado por = have + a crush on.
    * estar chupado = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a snap, be a picnic, be duck soup.
    * estar clarísimo = be patently clear.
    * estar claro = be plain, be out in the open.
    * estar colado por = have + a crush on.
    * estar como una cabra = be a real nutter.
    * estar completamente borracho = be drunk and incapable.
    * estar completamente de acuerdo con = agree + wholeheartedly with.
    * estar completamente equivocado = be way off.
    * estar comprometido a = hold + hostage to.
    * estar comprometido a + Infinitivo = be committed to + Gerundio.
    * estar con amigos en la calle pasando el rato sin hacer nada = hang out + on the street.
    * estar condenado a ser = be doomed.
    * estar conectado = be on.
    * estar con el alma en vilo = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold.
    * estar con el tema = be on the topic.
    * estar confinado = be confined.
    * estar confuso = blur, be at sixes and sevens with, be at a nonplus, be all at sea.
    * estar congelado = be frozen stiff.
    * estar con la espalda contra la pared = Posesivo + back + be + against the wall.
    * estar contentísimo = thrill + Nombre + to bits, be chuffed to bits, be tickled pink.
    * estar contraindicado = be contraindicated.
    * estar contra las cuertas = be against the ropes.
    * estar convencido = there + be + strong feeling.
    * estar convencido de la idea de que = be committed to the idea that.
    * estar convirtiéndose rápidamente = be fast becoming.
    * estar correcto = be correct.
    * estar correlacionado con = be correlated with.
    * estar de acorde con = be commensurate with.
    * estar de acuerdo = approve, be in agreement, concur (with), be agreed.
    * estar de acuerdo con = accord with, conform to, fit, go along with, fit with, be in conformity with, mesh with, see + eye to eye (with/on), jive with.
    * estar de acuerdo (con/en) = see + eye to eye (with/on).
    * estar de acuerdo con una idea = subscribe to + idea.
    * estar de acuerdo en que no + estar + de acuerdo = agree to + disagree.
    * estar de acuerdo sobre = agree (on/upon).
    * estar de acuerdo unánimemente = agree on + all hands.
    * estar de baja = be off work.
    * estar de baja por enfermedad = be off work sick.
    * estar debatiéndose = be under discussion.
    * estar de brazos cruzados = stand + idle, sit + idle.
    * estar de buen humor = be high.
    * estar de camino a = be on the road to.
    * estar de capa caída = be in the doldrums.
    * estar de cháchara = chinwag.
    * estar decidido a = be determined to, be of a mind to, be intent on, be all set to.
    * estar decidido a continuar = be set to continue.
    * estar decidido a + Infinitivo = be set to + Infinitivo.
    * estar demasiado representado = overrepresent.
    * estar de moda = be in.
    * estar densamente poblado de = be dense with.
    * estar dentro de = fall within/into.
    * estar dentro de la competencia = be the province of.
    * estar dentro de las posibilidades de uno = lie within + Posesivo + power.
    * estar de palique = chinwag.
    * estar de parloteo = chinwag.
    * estar de pie = stand.
    * estar de pie por encima de = stand over.
    * estar desacertado = miss + the mark, miss + the point.
    * estar desacreditado = hold in + disrepute.
    * estar desapareciendo = be on the way out.
    * estar desasosegado = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold.
    * estar desbordado de = be snowed under with.
    * estar desbordante de = spill over with.
    * estar descaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.
    * estar descontento con = express + dissatisfaction with.
    * estar deseoso de = be anxious to, be more than ready for.
    * estar desesperado = Posesivo + back + be + against the wall.
    * estar desocupado = stand + idle.
    * estar desordenado = be out of order.
    * estar desquiciado = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.
    * estar destinado a = be intended for/to.
    * estar destrozado = be + wreck, be a shambles.
    * estar de suerte = be in luck.
    * estar detenido = be under arrest.
    * estar de vacaciones = be on vacation, be off on vacation.
    * estar de vuelta = be back.
    * estar de vuelta dentro de = be back in + Expresión Temporal.
    * estar directamente relacionado con = be directly correlated to.
    * estar disgustado por = feel deeply about.
    * estar disperso = lie + scattered.
    * estar disponible = be available, be forthcoming, be at hand.
    * estar dispuestísimo a = be more than willing to.
    * estar dispuesto = be game.
    * estar dispuesto a = be keen to, be prepared to, be willing to, be of a mind to, be willing and able to, be ready, willing and able.
    * estar dispuesto a todo = be ready, willing and able.
    * estar dispuesto y deseoso a = be willing and able to.
    * estar dominado por Alguien = be under + Posesivo + thumb.
    * estar ducho en = be adept at.
    * estar dudoso = be doubtful.
    * estar embarazada = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.
    * estar emocionado = be thrilled.
    * estar empachado = have + indigestion.
    * estar empeorando = be in decline.
    * estar en = be in the course of.
    * estar en alza = be up.
    * estar enamorado de = carry + a torch for + Nombre, have + a crush on.
    * estar en apuros = be in trouble, be in a fix.
    * estar en ascuas = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold, sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.
    * estar en auge = go + strong.
    * estar en Babia = be in cloud cuckoo land, live in + cloud cuckoo land.
    * estar en barbecho = lie + fallow.
    * estar en buenas manos = be in safe hands.
    * estar encaminado a = be on the road to.
    * estar en camino de = be on the way to.
    * estar encantadísimo = thrill + Nombre + to bits, be chuffed to bits, be tickled pink.
    * estar encantado = be thrilled.
    * estar encantado de Hacer Algo = be more than happy to + Infinitivo.
    * estar en casa = be in.
    * estar en celo = be on heat, be in heat.
    * estar encendido = be on.
    * estar enchufado = be on.
    * estar encinta = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.
    * estar en consonancia con = be consonant with, attune to, align + Reflexivo + with.
    * estar en contacto (con) = stay in + touch (with), be in touch (with).
    * estar en contra de = be against.
    * estar en debate = be under discussion.
    * estar en decadencia = be in decline, be in retreat.
    * estar en declive = be in decline.
    * estar en desacuerdo = be at variance, disagree, quarrel with, beg to differ, be at sixes and sevens with each other.
    * estar en desacuerdo con = be at odds with, be at loggerheads with.
    * estar en desacuerdo sobre = be at odds over.
    * estar en desigualdad = be under par.
    * estar en desventaja = be disadvantaged, be at a disadvantage.
    * estar en deuda = be in debt.
    * estar en deuda con = be beholden to.
    * estar endeudado = be in debt.
    * estar en dificultades = be in trouble.
    * estar en duda = be in question.
    * estar en el lugar adecuado en el momento adecuado = be in the right place at the right time.
    * estar en el lugar indicado en el momento indicado = be in the right place at the right time.
    * estar en el lugar oportuno en el momento oportuno = be in the right place at the right time.
    * estar en el séptimo cielo = be on cloud nine, float on + air.
    * estar en el sitio justo en el momento preciso = be on the spot.
    * estar enemistados = be at loggerheads.
    * estar en estado = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.
    * estar en estado de buena esperanza = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.
    * estar en estado de cambio = be in flux.
    * estar enfermo de amor = be lovesick.
    * estar en flor = be in bloom, be in flower.
    * estar en floración = be in bloom, be in flower.
    * estar en forma = be in shape, be in good shape.
    * estar enfrascado en Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.
    * estar enfrentados = be at loggerheads.
    * estar en funcionamiento = be up.
    * estar en función de = be a function of.
    * estar en guardia = be on guard (against), be on + Posesivo + guard.
    * estar en guerra con = be at war with.
    * estar en igualdad de condiciones con = be on (an) equal footing with.
    * estar en inferioridad de condiciones = punch above + Posesivo + weight.
    * estar en juego = be at stake.
    * estar en la gloria = be on cloud nine, float on + air.
    * estar en la inopia = live in + cloud cuckoo land.
    * estar en la mejor posición para = be best positioned to.
    * estar en la misma categoria que = rank with.
    * estar en la onda = attune to + wavelength.
    * estar en las mismas = be back to square one.
    * estar en las últimas = be on + Posesivo + last legs.
    * estar en lo cierto = hit + the truth.
    * estar en manos privadas = hold in + private hands.
    * estar en marcha = tick over.
    * estar en mayoría = be in the majority.
    * estar en medio de = caught in the middle.
    * estar en minoría = be in the minority.
    * estar en misa y repicando = have + a finger in every pie.
    * estar enojado = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle.
    * estar en paz = pay + Posesivo + dues.
    * estar en peligro = be in jeopardy, be in question, be endangered, be at risk, be at stake.
    * estar en peligro (de) = be in danger (of).
    * estar en posición de = be in a position to.
    * estar en proceso de = be on the way to, be in the process of, be in the course of.
    * estar en proceso de cambio = be in flux.
    * estar en proceso de + Infinitivo = be on to + Infinitivo.
    * estar en retirada = be in retreat.
    * estar en ruinas = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.
    * estar en sintonía con = attune to.
    * estar en situación de = be in a position to.
    * estar en suspense = sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.
    * estar en tensión = sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.
    * estar en todo = have + a finger in every pie.
    * estar en trance de = be in the process of.
    * estar entre = fall between.
    * estar entre la espada y la pared = be on the horns of a dilemma.
    * estar entre los primeros = stay on top.
    * estar entre rejas = be behind bars.
    * estar entusiasmado = be thrilled.
    * estar en un aprieto = be in a fix.
    * estar en una situación diferente = be on a different track.
    * estar en un berenjenal = be (in) a mess.
    * estar en un mar de dudas = feel at + sea, be all at sea.
    * estar en un momento clave = be at a watershed.
    * estar en un momento decisivo = be at a watershed.
    * estar en un sinvivir = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold.
    * estar en venta = be up for sale.
    * estar en vías de = be on the road to, be in the process of.
    * estar en vías de conseguir = be on the road to.
    * estar en vilo = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold, sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.
    * estar equivoado = miss + the point.
    * estar equivocado = be mistaken, be wide of the mark, be wrong, be in error, miss + the mark, be in the wrong.
    * estar equivocado en + Número + cosas = be wrong on + Número + count(s).
    * estar erróneo = be in error.
    * estar esparcido = lie + scattered.
    * estar estrechamente ligado a = be closely tied to.
    * estar estropeado = be kaput.
    * estar estropeándose = be on the way out.
    * estar exento de pagar impuestos = write off.
    * estar falto de = be short of.
    * estar falto de práctica = get + rusty.
    * estar familiarizado con = have + familiarity with.
    * estar firmemente convencido = strongly held opinion.
    * estar frenético = be furious.
    * estar frito de sed = be parched, spit + feathers, be parched with thirst.
    * estar fuera = be out.
    * estar fuera con los amigos = be out with the guys.
    * estar fuera de contienda = be out of contention.
    * estar fuera del alcance = lie outside + the scope of.
    * estar fuera de las posibilidades de Alguien = be out of + Posesivo + league.
    * estar fuera del interés = lie outside + the scope of.
    * estar fuera del interés de uno = lie beyond + concern.
    * estar fuera de lugar = be out of place, be out of order.
    * estar fuera de quicio = be beside + Reflexivo.
    * estar fuera de rumbo = be off course.
    * estar fuera de secuencia = be out of order.
    * estar fuera de sí = be beside + Reflexivo.
    * estar funcionando = be in place.
    * estar furioso = fume.
    * estar + Gerundio = be on the way to.
    * estar hablando del tema = be on the topic.
    * estar haciendo = be up to.
    * estar haciendo Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.
    * estar haciendo algo que no se debe = be up to no good, get up to + no good.
    * estar hambriento = starve.
    * estar harto = have had enough.
    * estar harto de = be all too familiar with, be sick and tired of.
    * estar hasta la coronilla de = be sick and tired of.
    * estar hecho a escala = be to scale.
    * estar hecho con la intención de = be intended for/to.
    * estar hecho con la mismas dimensiones que el original = be to scale.
    * estar hecho el uno para el otro = be well suited to each other, be two of a kind, be a right pair.
    * estar hecho para = be geared to, be intended for/to, mean, be cut out for.
    * estar hecho polvo = be + wreck.
    * estar hecho un desastre = look like + a wreck, be a shambles, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus, look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, be (in) a mess.
    * estar hecho un esqueleto = be a bag of bones.
    * estar hecho un flan = shake like + a leaf, tremble like + a leaf.
    * estar hecho un lío = be at sixes and sevens with.
    * estar hecho un perla = be a bit of a lad.
    * estar hecho un pinta = be a bit of a lad.
    * estar hecho un prenda = be a bit of a lad.
    * estar helado = be frozen stiff.
    * estar implícito en = run through.
    * estar inactivo = lie + fallow, lie + dormant.
    * estar incluido = be embedded.
    * estar indeciso = be hesitant (to).
    * estar indeciso entre... o... = be torn between... and....
    * estar inerte = lie + fallow.
    * estar informado puntualmente sobre = monitor + information on.
    * estar inmune a = be immune against.
    * estar inquieto = be disturbed.
    * estar interesado en = be interested in, be keen to.
    * estar inundado de = be snowed under with.
    * estar junto a = stand by + Lugar.
    * estar juntos = be together, stand + together.
    * estar justo en medio de = stand + squarely in.
    * estar la mar de contento = be over the moon.
    * estar lejos de (ser) + Infinitivo = be far from + Gerundio.
    * estar levantado = be up.
    * estar libre de = be free from.
    * estar ligado a = be bound up with.
    * estar listo = stand + ready, be ready.
    * estar listo para = be poised to, stand + poised, be all set to.
    * estar lleno de problemas = bristle with + problems.
    * estar localizable = be locatable.
    * estar loco = be off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * estar loco de alegría = be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits, be tickled pink.
    * estar loco de contento = be beside + Reflexivo + with joy, be over the moon, be over the moon.
    * estar loco de remate = be a real nutter.
    * estar loco por = have + a crush on.
    * estar majareta = be off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * estar mal = be wrong, feel under + the weather, be under the weather.
    * estar mal comunicado con = have + poor connections with.
    * estar mal encaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.
    * estar mal visto = frown on/upon.
    * estar manga por hombro = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.
    * estar marcado por = be pockmarked with.
    * estar mareado de tanto trabajo = be reeling.
    * estar mejor = be better off, be better served by.
    * estar metido en todo = have + a finger in every pie.
    * estar molesto = be displeased, get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, put off.
    * estar motivado = be motivated, have + motivation.
    * estar moviéndose en terreno seguro = be on secure ground.
    * estar muerto de asco = be bored to death, be bored stiff, be bored to tears, be bored out of + Posesivo + mind.
    * estar muerto de frío = be frozen stiff.
    * estar muerto de hambre = be starving to death.
    * estar muerto de miedo = be scared stiff, be frightened to death, be petrified of, be terrified.
    * estar muerto de sed = spit + feathers, be parched, be parched with thirst.
    * estar muy acostumbrado a = be all too familiar with.
    * estar muy agradecido a = be indebted to.
    * estar muy alejado de = be a long way from.
    * estar muy arraigado en = be well embedded in.
    * estar muy bajo = be way down.
    * estar muy cerca de = be one step away from, be steps away from, come + very close to.
    * estar muy convencido de = have + strong feelings about.
    * estar muy emocionado con/por = be excited about.
    * estar muy esparcido = spread + Nombre + thinly.
    * estar muy lejano = be far off.
    * estar muy lejos = be far off, be a long way off.
    * estar muy por delante de = be way out ahead of.
    * estar muy por delante de su tiempo = be years ahead of + Posesivo + time.
    * estar muy puesto = stay on top of + the game, stay on top.
    * estar muy separado = set + far apart.
    * estar muy usado = be well thumbed.
    * estar nervioso = be in a tizz(y), have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * estar oculto = lie + hidden.
    * estar ocupado = busyness, be engaged, be tied up.
    * estar ordenado en forma circular = be on a wheel.
    * estar orgulloso de = be proud (of/to).
    * estar orientado a/para = be geared to.
    * estar orientado hacia = target.
    * estar orientado hacia + Nombre = be + Nombre + driven.
    * estar patas arriba = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.
    * estar pendiente de = be on the lookout for, pay + attention to, keep + an eye on, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.
    * estar pendiente de todo = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * estar perdido = be out of + Posesivo + league, be out of + Posesivo + depth, be in over + Posesivo + head, be all at sea.
    * estar permitido = be permissible.
    * estar plagado de = be rife with.
    * estar plenamente convencido de Algo = feel (it) in + Posesivo + bones.
    * estar pluriempleado = moonlight, work + a second job.
    * estar pluriempleado, tener un segundo trabajo, tener un segundo empleo = work + a second job.
    * estar poco dispuesto = be reluctant.
    * estar poco representado = underrepresent [under-represent].
    * estar por delante de = be ahead of.
    * estar por demostrar = be unproven.
    * estar por detrás = be behind.
    * estar por encima de = overlay, overlie.
    * estar por las nubes = be through the roof.
    * estar por ver = be an open question.
    * estar poseído por los espíritus = haunt.
    * estar precavido = be on + Posesivo + guard, be on guard (against).
    * estar predestinado a = be predestined to.
    * estar predispuesto = feel + partial.
    * estar predispuesto a = be predisposed to/toward(s).
    * estar preñada = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.
    * estar preocupadísimo = be worried stiff (about), be worried sick.
    * estar preocupado por = be anxious to.
    * estar preparado = be readied, stand + ready, be ready.
    * estar preparado para = be geared up for/to, stand + poised.
    * estar preparado y dispuesto a = be willing and able to.
    * estar preparado y dispuesto a todo = be ready, willing and able.
    * estar presente = be manifest, be present, be in evidence.
    * estar presionado = be under the gun.
    * estar propuesto a = be intent on.
    * estar próximo = be at hand.
    * estar quedándose sin = run + low (on).
    * estar que + subirse + por las paredes = tear + Posesivo + hair out.
    * estar realizándose = underway [under way], be in progress, be in hand.
    * estar rebosante de = spill over with.
    * estar rebosante de salud = fit as a fiddle.
    * estar relacionado con = be associated with, regard.
    * estar relacionado con el trabajo = be work related.
    * estar resentido = carry + a chip on + Posesivo + shoulder.
    * estar resfriado = have + a cold.
    * estar respaldado por Alguien = have + Nombre + behind + Pronombre.
    * estar restringido = be constrained.
    * estar resuelto a = be intent on, be all set to.
    * estar saliendo con alguien = be in a dating relationship.
    * estar salpicado de = be dotted with.
    * estar sano y salvo = be alive and well.
    * estar satisfecho (de) = be satisfied (with).
    * estar saturado de trabajo = work to + capacity.
    * estar sediento = be thirsty, spit + feathers, be parched, be parched with thirst.
    * estar seguro = be sure, make + sure, set + your watch by.
    * estar seguro de = be certain (of), be confident about, feel + confident.
    * estar seguro de que = be confident that.
    * estar sentado sin hacer o decir nada = sit by.
    * estar separado = set + apart.
    * estar separado de = be remote from.
    * estar sesgado = bias, slant.
    * estar siempre + Adjetivo = be ever + Adjetivo.
    * estar siempre buscando = be on the lookout for.
    * estar siempre dispuesto a ayudar = be always willing to assist.
    * estar siendo + Participio = be in process of + Nombre.
    * estar sin blanca = not have a bean.
    * estar sin hacer nada = sit + idle, stand + idle.
    * estar sin trabajo = stay out of + work.
    * estar sin una pela = not have a bean.
    * estar sin un centavo = not have a bean.
    * estar sin un céntimo = not have a bean.
    * * *
    I 1.
    1) ( seguido de adjetivos) [ Estar denotes a changed condition or state as opposed to identity or nature, which is normally expressed by ser. Estar is also used when the emphasis is on the speaker's perception of things, of their appearance, taste, etc. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in ser 1 cópula 1] to be

    qué gordo está! — isn't he fat!, hasn't he got(ten) fat!

    la sopa está deliciosa/muy caliente — the soup is delicious/very hot

    está muy simpático conmigo — he's being o he's been so nice to me (recently)

    todo está tan caro! — things are o have become so expensive!

    está cansada/furiosa/embarazada — she is tired/furious/pregnant

    2) (con bien, mal, mejor, peor)

    están todos bien, gracias — they're all fine, thanks

    está mal que no se lo perdones — it's wrong of you not to forgive him; ver tb bien, mal, mejor, peor

    estar sentado/echado/arrodillado — to be sitting/lying/kneeling (down)

    estaban abrazados — they had their arms around each other; ver tb verbo auxiliar 2

    ¿a cómo está la uva? — how much are the grapes?

    están de limpieza/viaje — they're spring-cleaning/on a trip

    estar con alguien — ( estar de acuerdo) to agree with somebody; ( apoyar) to support somebody, be on somebody's side

    estar en algo: no lo hemos solucionado pero estamos en ello or eso — we haven't solved it but we're working on it

    2.
    estar vi
    edificio/pueblo ( estar ubicado) to be

    ¿dónde está Chiapas? — where's Chiapas?

    2)
    a) persona/objeto ( hallarse en cierto momento) to be

    ¿sabes dónde está Pedro? — do you know where Pedro is?

    ¿a qué hora tienes que estar allí? — what time do you have to be there?

    ¿dónde estábamos la clase pasada? — where did we get to in the last class?

    b) ( figurar) to be

    yo no estaba en la lista — I wasn't on the list, my name didn't appear on the list

    ¿está Rodrigo? — is Rodrigo in?

    ¿estamos todos? — are we all here?

    4)
    a) (quedarse, permanecer)

    ¿cuánto tiempo estarás en Londres? — how long are you going to be in London (for)?

    b) ( vivir)

    ahora estamos en Soca — we're in o we live in Soca now

    ¿a qué (día) estamos? — what day is it today?

    ¿a cuánto estamos hoy? — what's the date today?

    estamos a 28 de mayo — it's May 28th (AmE) o (BrE) the 28th of May

    ¿en qué mes estamos? — what month are we in o is it?

    6) (existir, haber)

    y después está el problema de... — and then there's the problem of...

    luego están los niños, hay que pensar en ellos — then there are the children to think about

    7) (tener como función, cometido)

    estar para algo: para eso están los amigos that's what friends are for; estamos para ayudarlos — we're here to help them

    8) ( radicar)

    estar en algo: en eso está el problema that's where the problem lies; todo está en que él quiera — it all depends on whether he wants to or not

    9) (estar listo, terminado)

    que no vuelva a suceder ¿estamos? — don't let it happen again, understand? o (colloq) got it?

    11)

    ya que estamos/estás — while we're/you're at it

    12) (Esp) ( quedar) (+ me/te/le etc) (+ compl)

    te está grande/pequeña — it's too big/too small for you

    3.
    estar v aux

    ya está hecho un hombrecito — he's a proper young man now; ver tb estar cópula 4)

    4.
    estarse v pron
    1) (enf) ( permanecer) to stay

    ¿no te puedes estar quieto? — can't you stay o keep still?

    2) (enf) ( llegar) to be
    II
    masculino (esp AmL) living room
    * * *
    = be, become, live with.

    Ex: Systems such as Dialog, IRS, ORBIT and BLAISE may be accessed by libraries and information units.

    Ex: Some degree of ignorance of this kind is not unusual since the usual objective in consulting an information source is to become better informed.
    Ex: Medical advances are improving the lives of people living with HIV/AIDS, while prevention remains the key to stopping the spread of this disease.
    * ¡cómo se nota que no está el jefe! = while the cat's away, the mice will play.
    * ahí está el problema = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.
    * ahí está la dificultad = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.
    * creer que estar bien = feel + right.
    * creer que estar mal = feel + wrong.
    * dar la señal de estar listo = prompt.
    * dejar como + estar = leave + untouched.
    * dejar las cosas como están = let + sleeping dogs lie.
    * de tal forma que + ser/estar = in such form as to + be.
    * el diablo está en los detalles = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * el futuro + estar + justo a la vuelta de la esquina = the future + be + just around the corner.
    * esperanza + estar = hope + lie.
    * estando de acuerdo = approvingly.
    * estando de servicio = while on the job.
    * estando sentado = from a seated position.
    * estar a años de distancia = be years away.
    * estar abierto a = be open to.
    * estar abocado a ser = be doomed.
    * estar absorto en = be wrapped up in.
    * estar aburridísimo = be bored stiff, be bored to death, be bored to tears, be bored out of + Posesivo + mind.
    * estar aburrido como una ostra = be bored stiff.
    * estar a caballo entre = stand + midway between, straddle (between).
    * estar a caballo entre... y... = lie + midway between... and..., tread + a fine line between... and, tread + the thin line between... and, tread + a delicate line between... and.
    * estar acabando con = eat away at.
    * estar acabándose = be on the way out, be on + Posesivo + last legs.
    * estar a + Cantidad + de distancia = Cantidad + distant from.
    * estar a cargo de = man, be the responsibility of.
    * estar accesible = be up.
    * estar accesible en línea = go + online.
    * estar accesible en red = go + online.
    * estar acertado = be right on track.
    * estar acostumbrado a = be familiar with, be no stranger to, be used to.
    * estar acostumbrado a + Infinitivo = be accustomed to + Gerundio.
    * estar a dos velas = not have a bean.
    * estar a + Expresión Numérica + de distancia = be + Número + away.
    * estar a favor de = be for, be in favour (of), come down in + favour of.
    * estar a favor de una idea = favour + idea.
    * estar a favor o en contra = be for or against.
    * estar agobiado de = be snowed under with.
    * estar agradecido = be thankful.
    * estar a la alerta de = be wary of.
    * estar a la altura de = live up to, be equal to.
    * estar a la altura de la circunstancias = make + the cut.
    * estar a la altura de las circunstancias = come up with + the goods.
    * estar a la altura de las circunstancias = rise (up) to + challenge.
    * estar a la altura de las circunstancias = be up to the mark, be up to scratch, be equal to the occasion, rise (up) to + the occasion, deliver + the goods, measure up (to), be up to snuff.
    * estar a la altura de las expectativas = live up to + Posesivo + expectations.
    * estar a la altura de las posibilidades = live up to + Posesivo + potential.
    * estar a la altura de lo que se espera = live up to + Posesivo + expectations.
    * estar a la baja = be down.
    * estar al acecho = lie in + wait.
    * estar a la entera disposición de Alguien = be at + Posesivo + feet.
    * estar al alcance de la mano = be at hand.
    * estar a la misma altura que = rank with.
    * estar a la orden del día = be the order of the day.
    * estar a la par de = rank with.
    * estar a la vuelta de la esquina = be just around the corner.
    * estar al borde de = teeter + on the edge of.
    * estar al completo = overbook.
    * estar al corriente = monitor + developments.
    * estar al día = monitor + developments, stay on top of + the game, stay on top of, stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * estar alejado + Expresión Numérica = be + Número + away.
    * estar al lado de = stand by + Lugar.
    * estar al loro de = be on the lookout for, keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.
    * estar al máximo = overstretch.
    * estar al mismo nivel = be on a par.
    * estar al tanto = monitor + developments.
    * estar al tanto de = be on the lookout for, keep + track of, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.
    * estar al tanto de las cosas = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * estar a mano = be on hand, be around.
    * estar a medio camino entre... y... = lie + midway between... and....
    * estar a merced de = be at the mercy of.
    * estar ansioso por = be eager to.
    * estar ante = be faced with.
    * estar apagado = be off.
    * estar a punto de = be poised to, be about to, be on the point of, stand + poised, come + very close to.
    * estar a punto de cascarlas = be on + Posesivo + last legs.
    * estar a punto de decir = be on the tip of + Posesivo + tongue to say.
    * estar a punto de + Infinitivo = be about + Infinitivo.
    * estar aquí ya = be upon us.
    * estar a resultas de = keep + track of.
    * estar arraigado en = be rooted in.
    * estar arrestado = be under arrest.
    * estar arriba = sit on + top.
    * estar a salvo = be in safe hands.
    * estar asociado a = be associated with, be bound up with.
    * estar atado a = hold + hostage to.
    * estar atareado = be tied up.
    * estar atento a = be on the lookout for, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.
    * estar aterrorizado = be petrified of, be frightened to death, be scared stiff, be terrified.
    * estar a tope = overstretch.
    * estar atrancado = be stuck.
    * estar atrasado en el pago = be in arrears.
    * estar aumentando = be on the increase.
    * estár aún más alejados = be one step further removed.
    * estar aún por llegar = be yet to come.
    * estar ausente = lack.
    * estar ausente de = be absent (from).
    * estar avanzado = be well under way.
    * estar avergonzado = be ashamed.
    * estar averiado = be out of order.
    * estar aviado = be (in) a mess.
    * estar bajo arresto = be under arrest.
    * estar bajo la tutela de = fall under + the auspices of.
    * estar bastante acostumbrado a = be all too familiar with.
    * estar bastante alejado = be a distance apart.
    * estar bien = be okay, be in good shape, be in good health.
    * estar bien de salud = be in good health.
    * estar bien encaminado = be on the right track.
    * estar bien pensado = be carefully thought out.
    * estar borracho = be drunk, see + double.
    * estar callado = keep + quiet.
    * estar cansado de = be sick and tired of.
    * estar capacitado para = be qualified to.
    * estar casi finalizado = near + completion.
    * estar casi terminado = be nearing completion, reach + near completion.
    * estar castigado = be in the doghouse.
    * estar cerca = be at hand, be on hand, be around.
    * estar cerca de = be close to.
    * estar chalado = be off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * estar chiflado = be off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * estar chiflado por = have + a crush on.
    * estar chupado = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a snap, be a picnic, be duck soup.
    * estar clarísimo = be patently clear.
    * estar claro = be plain, be out in the open.
    * estar colado por = have + a crush on.
    * estar como una cabra = be a real nutter.
    * estar completamente borracho = be drunk and incapable.
    * estar completamente de acuerdo con = agree + wholeheartedly with.
    * estar completamente equivocado = be way off.
    * estar comprometido a = hold + hostage to.
    * estar comprometido a + Infinitivo = be committed to + Gerundio.
    * estar con amigos en la calle pasando el rato sin hacer nada = hang out + on the street.
    * estar condenado a ser = be doomed.
    * estar conectado = be on.
    * estar con el alma en vilo = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold.
    * estar con el tema = be on the topic.
    * estar confinado = be confined.
    * estar confuso = blur, be at sixes and sevens with, be at a nonplus, be all at sea.
    * estar congelado = be frozen stiff.
    * estar con la espalda contra la pared = Posesivo + back + be + against the wall.
    * estar contentísimo = thrill + Nombre + to bits, be chuffed to bits, be tickled pink.
    * estar contraindicado = be contraindicated.
    * estar contra las cuertas = be against the ropes.
    * estar convencido = there + be + strong feeling.
    * estar convencido de la idea de que = be committed to the idea that.
    * estar convirtiéndose rápidamente = be fast becoming.
    * estar correcto = be correct.
    * estar correlacionado con = be correlated with.
    * estar de acorde con = be commensurate with.
    * estar de acuerdo = approve, be in agreement, concur (with), be agreed.
    * estar de acuerdo con = accord with, conform to, fit, go along with, fit with, be in conformity with, mesh with, see + eye to eye (with/on), jive with.
    * estar de acuerdo (con/en) = see + eye to eye (with/on).
    * estar de acuerdo con una idea = subscribe to + idea.
    * estar de acuerdo en que no + estar + de acuerdo = agree to + disagree.
    * estar de acuerdo sobre = agree (on/upon).
    * estar de acuerdo unánimemente = agree on + all hands.
    * estar de baja = be off work.
    * estar de baja por enfermedad = be off work sick.
    * estar debatiéndose = be under discussion.
    * estar de brazos cruzados = stand + idle, sit + idle.
    * estar de buen humor = be high.
    * estar de camino a = be on the road to.
    * estar de capa caída = be in the doldrums.
    * estar de cháchara = chinwag.
    * estar decidido a = be determined to, be of a mind to, be intent on, be all set to.
    * estar decidido a continuar = be set to continue.
    * estar decidido a + Infinitivo = be set to + Infinitivo.
    * estar demasiado representado = overrepresent.
    * estar de moda = be in.
    * estar densamente poblado de = be dense with.
    * estar dentro de = fall within/into.
    * estar dentro de la competencia = be the province of.
    * estar dentro de las posibilidades de uno = lie within + Posesivo + power.
    * estar de palique = chinwag.
    * estar de parloteo = chinwag.
    * estar de pie = stand.
    * estar de pie por encima de = stand over.
    * estar desacertado = miss + the mark, miss + the point.
    * estar desacreditado = hold in + disrepute.
    * estar desapareciendo = be on the way out.
    * estar desasosegado = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold.
    * estar desbordado de = be snowed under with.
    * estar desbordante de = spill over with.
    * estar descaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.
    * estar descontento con = express + dissatisfaction with.
    * estar deseoso de = be anxious to, be more than ready for.
    * estar desesperado = Posesivo + back + be + against the wall.
    * estar desocupado = stand + idle.
    * estar desordenado = be out of order.
    * estar desquiciado = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.
    * estar destinado a = be intended for/to.
    * estar destrozado = be + wreck, be a shambles.
    * estar de suerte = be in luck.
    * estar detenido = be under arrest.
    * estar de vacaciones = be on vacation, be off on vacation.
    * estar de vuelta = be back.
    * estar de vuelta dentro de = be back in + Expresión Temporal.
    * estar directamente relacionado con = be directly correlated to.
    * estar disgustado por = feel deeply about.
    * estar disperso = lie + scattered.
    * estar disponible = be available, be forthcoming, be at hand.
    * estar dispuestísimo a = be more than willing to.
    * estar dispuesto = be game.
    * estar dispuesto a = be keen to, be prepared to, be willing to, be of a mind to, be willing and able to, be ready, willing and able.
    * estar dispuesto a todo = be ready, willing and able.
    * estar dispuesto y deseoso a = be willing and able to.
    * estar dominado por Alguien = be under + Posesivo + thumb.
    * estar ducho en = be adept at.
    * estar dudoso = be doubtful.
    * estar embarazada = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.
    * estar emocionado = be thrilled.
    * estar empachado = have + indigestion.
    * estar empeorando = be in decline.
    * estar en = be in the course of.
    * estar en alza = be up.
    * estar enamorado de = carry + a torch for + Nombre, have + a crush on.
    * estar en apuros = be in trouble, be in a fix.
    * estar en ascuas = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold, sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.
    * estar en auge = go + strong.
    * estar en Babia = be in cloud cuckoo land, live in + cloud cuckoo land.
    * estar en barbecho = lie + fallow.
    * estar en buenas manos = be in safe hands.
    * estar encaminado a = be on the road to.
    * estar en camino de = be on the way to.
    * estar encantadísimo = thrill + Nombre + to bits, be chuffed to bits, be tickled pink.
    * estar encantado = be thrilled.
    * estar encantado de Hacer Algo = be more than happy to + Infinitivo.
    * estar en casa = be in.
    * estar en celo = be on heat, be in heat.
    * estar encendido = be on.
    * estar enchufado = be on.
    * estar encinta = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.
    * estar en consonancia con = be consonant with, attune to, align + Reflexivo + with.
    * estar en contacto (con) = stay in + touch (with), be in touch (with).
    * estar en contra de = be against.
    * estar en debate = be under discussion.
    * estar en decadencia = be in decline, be in retreat.
    * estar en declive = be in decline.
    * estar en desacuerdo = be at variance, disagree, quarrel with, beg to differ, be at sixes and sevens with each other.
    * estar en desacuerdo con = be at odds with, be at loggerheads with.
    * estar en desacuerdo sobre = be at odds over.
    * estar en desigualdad = be under par.
    * estar en desventaja = be disadvantaged, be at a disadvantage.
    * estar en deuda = be in debt.
    * estar en deuda con = be beholden to.
    * estar endeudado = be in debt.
    * estar en dificultades = be in trouble.
    * estar en duda = be in question.
    * estar en el lugar adecuado en el momento adecuado = be in the right place at the right time.
    * estar en el lugar indicado en el momento indicado = be in the right place at the right time.
    * estar en el lugar oportuno en el momento oportuno = be in the right place at the right time.
    * estar en el séptimo cielo = be on cloud nine, float on + air.
    * estar en el sitio justo en el momento preciso = be on the spot.
    * estar enemistados = be at loggerheads.
    * estar en estado = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.
    * estar en estado de buena esperanza = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.
    * estar en estado de cambio = be in flux.
    * estar enfermo de amor = be lovesick.
    * estar en flor = be in bloom, be in flower.
    * estar en floración = be in bloom, be in flower.
    * estar en forma = be in shape, be in good shape.
    * estar enfrascado en Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.
    * estar enfrentados = be at loggerheads.
    * estar en funcionamiento = be up.
    * estar en función de = be a function of.
    * estar en guardia = be on guard (against), be on + Posesivo + guard.
    * estar en guerra con = be at war with.
    * estar en igualdad de condiciones con = be on (an) equal footing with.
    * estar en inferioridad de condiciones = punch above + Posesivo + weight.
    * estar en juego = be at stake.
    * estar en la gloria = be on cloud nine, float on + air.
    * estar en la inopia = live in + cloud cuckoo land.
    * estar en la mejor posición para = be best positioned to.
    * estar en la misma categoria que = rank with.
    * estar en la onda = attune to + wavelength.
    * estar en las mismas = be back to square one.
    * estar en las últimas = be on + Posesivo + last legs.
    * estar en lo cierto = hit + the truth.
    * estar en manos privadas = hold in + private hands.
    * estar en marcha = tick over.
    * estar en mayoría = be in the majority.
    * estar en medio de = caught in the middle.
    * estar en minoría = be in the minority.
    * estar en misa y repicando = have + a finger in every pie.
    * estar enojado = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle.
    * estar en paz = pay + Posesivo + dues.
    * estar en peligro = be in jeopardy, be in question, be endangered, be at risk, be at stake.
    * estar en peligro (de) = be in danger (of).
    * estar en posición de = be in a position to.
    * estar en proceso de = be on the way to, be in the process of, be in the course of.
    * estar en proceso de cambio = be in flux.
    * estar en proceso de + Infinitivo = be on to + Infinitivo.
    * estar en retirada = be in retreat.
    * estar en ruinas = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.
    * estar en sintonía con = attune to.
    * estar en situación de = be in a position to.
    * estar en suspense = sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.
    * estar en tensión = sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.
    * estar en todo = have + a finger in every pie.
    * estar en trance de = be in the process of.
    * estar entre = fall between.
    * estar entre la espada y la pared = be on the horns of a dilemma.
    * estar entre los primeros = stay on top.
    * estar entre rejas = be behind bars.
    * estar entusiasmado = be thrilled.
    * estar en un aprieto = be in a fix.
    * estar en una situación diferente = be on a different track.
    * estar en un berenjenal = be (in) a mess.
    * estar en un mar de dudas = feel at + sea, be all at sea.
    * estar en un momento clave = be at a watershed.
    * estar en un momento decisivo = be at a watershed.
    * estar en un sinvivir = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold.
    * estar en venta = be up for sale.
    * estar en vías de = be on the road to, be in the process of.
    * estar en vías de conseguir = be on the road to.
    * estar en vilo = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold, sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.
    * estar equivoado = miss + the point.
    * estar equivocado = be mistaken, be wide of the mark, be wrong, be in error, miss + the mark, be in the wrong.
    * estar equivocado en + Número + cosas = be wrong on + Número + count(s).
    * estar erróneo = be in error.
    * estar esparcido = lie + scattered.
    * estar estrechamente ligado a = be closely tied to.
    * estar estropeado = be kaput.
    * estar estropeándose = be on the way out.
    * estar exento de pagar impuestos = write off.
    * estar falto de = be short of.
    * estar falto de práctica = get + rusty.
    * estar familiarizado con = have + familiarity with.
    * estar firmemente convencido = strongly held opinion.
    * estar frenético = be furious.
    * estar frito de sed = be parched, spit + feathers, be parched with thirst.
    * estar fuera = be out.
    * estar fuera con los amigos = be out with the guys.
    * estar fuera de contienda = be out of contention.
    * estar fuera del alcance = lie outside + the scope of.
    * estar fuera de las posibilidades de Alguien = be out of + Posesivo + league.
    * estar fuera del interés = lie outside + the scope of.
    * estar fuera del interés de uno = lie beyond + concern.
    * estar fuera de lugar = be out of place, be out of order.
    * estar fuera de quicio = be beside + Reflexivo.
    * estar fuera de rumbo = be off course.
    * estar fuera de secuencia = be out of order.
    * estar fuera de sí = be beside + Reflexivo.
    * estar funcionando = be in place.
    * estar furioso = fume.
    * estar + Gerundio = be on the way to.
    * estar hablando del tema = be on the topic.
    * estar haciendo = be up to.
    * estar haciendo Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.
    * estar haciendo algo que no se debe = be up to no good, get up to + no good.
    * estar hambriento = starve.
    * estar harto = have had enough.
    * estar harto de = be all too familiar with, be sick and tired of.
    * estar hasta la coronilla de = be sick and tired of.
    * estar hecho a escala = be to scale.
    * estar hecho con la intención de = be intended for/to.
    * estar hecho con la mismas dimensiones que el original = be to scale.
    * estar hecho el uno para el otro = be well suited to each other, be two of a kind, be a right pair.
    * estar hecho para = be geared to, be intended for/to, mean, be cut out for.
    * estar hecho polvo = be + wreck.
    * estar hecho un desastre = look like + a wreck, be a shambles, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus, look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, be (in) a mess.
    * estar hecho un esqueleto = be a bag of bones.
    * estar hecho un flan = shake like + a leaf, tremble like + a leaf.
    * estar hecho un lío = be at sixes and sevens with.
    * estar hecho un perla = be a bit of a lad.
    * estar hecho un pinta = be a bit of a lad.
    * estar hecho un prenda = be a bit of a lad.
    * estar helado = be frozen stiff.
    * estar implícito en = run through.
    * estar inactivo = lie + fallow, lie + dormant.
    * estar incluido = be embedded.
    * estar indeciso = be hesitant (to).
    * estar indeciso entre... o... = be torn between... and....
    * estar inerte = lie + fallow.
    * estar informado puntualmente sobre = monitor + information on.
    * estar inmune a = be immune against.
    * estar inquieto = be disturbed.
    * estar interesado en = be interested in, be keen to.
    * estar inundado de = be snowed under with.
    * estar junto a = stand by + Lugar.
    * estar juntos = be together, stand + together.
    * estar justo en medio de = stand + squarely in.
    * estar la mar de contento = be over the moon.
    * estar lejos de (ser) + Infinitivo = be far from + Gerundio.
    * estar levantado = be up.
    * estar libre de = be free from.
    * estar ligado a = be bound up with.
    * estar listo = stand + ready, be ready.
    * estar listo para = be poised to, stand + poised, be all set to.
    * estar lleno de problemas = bristle with + problems.
    * estar localizable = be locatable.
    * estar loco = be off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * estar loco de alegría = be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits, be tickled pink.
    * estar loco de contento = be beside + Reflexivo + with joy, be over the moon, be over the moon.
    * estar loco de remate = be a real nutter.
    * estar loco por = have + a crush on.
    * estar majareta = be off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * estar mal = be wrong, feel under + the weather, be under the weather.
    * estar mal comunicado con = have + poor connections with.
    * estar mal encaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.
    * estar mal visto = frown on/upon.
    * estar manga por hombro = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.
    * estar marcado por = be pockmarked with.
    * estar mareado de tanto trabajo = be reeling.
    * estar mejor = be better off, be better served by.
    * estar metido en todo = have + a finger in every pie.
    * estar molesto = be displeased, get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, put off.
    * estar motivado = be motivated, have + motivation.
    * estar moviéndose en terreno seguro = be on secure ground.
    * estar muerto de asco = be bored to death, be bored stiff, be bored to tears, be bored out of + Posesivo + mind.
    * estar muerto de frío = be frozen stiff.
    * estar muerto de hambre = be starving to death.
    * estar muerto de miedo = be scared stiff, be frightened to death, be petrified of, be terrified.
    * estar muerto de sed = spit + feathers, be parched, be parched with thirst.
    * estar muy acostumbrado a = be all too familiar with.
    * estar muy agradecido a = be indebted to.
    * estar muy alejado de = be a long way from.
    * estar muy arraigado en = be well embedded in.
    * estar muy bajo = be way down.
    * estar muy cerca de = be one step away from, be steps away from, come + very close to.
    * estar muy convencido de = have + strong feelings about.
    * estar muy emocionado con/por = be excited about.
    * estar muy esparcido = spread + Nombre + thinly.
    * estar muy lejano = be far off.
    * estar muy lejos = be far off, be a long way off.
    * estar muy por delante de = be way out ahead of.
    * estar muy por delante de su tiempo = be years ahead of + Posesivo + time.
    * estar muy puesto = stay on top of + the game, stay on top.
    * estar muy separado = set + far apart.
    * estar muy usado = be well thumbed.
    * estar nervioso = be in a tizz(y), have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * estar oculto = lie + hidden.
    * estar ocupado = busyness, be engaged, be tied up.
    * estar ordenado en forma circular = be on a wheel.
    * estar orgulloso de = be proud (of/to).
    * estar orientado a/para = be geared to.
    * estar orientado hacia = target.
    * estar orientado hacia + Nombre = be + Nombre + driven.
    * estar patas arriba = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.
    * estar pendiente de = be on the lookout for, pay + attention to, keep + an eye on, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.
    * estar pendiente de todo = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * estar perdido = be out of + Posesivo + league, be out of + Posesivo + depth, be in over + Posesivo + head, be all at sea.
    * estar permitido = be permissible.
    * estar plagado de = be rife with.
    * estar plenamente convencido de Algo = feel (it) in + Posesivo + bones.
    * estar pluriempleado = moonlight, work + a second job.
    * estar pluriempleado, tener un segundo trabajo, tener un segundo empleo = work + a second job.
    * estar poco dispuesto = be reluctant.
    * estar poco representado = underrepresent [under-represent].
    * estar por delante de = be ahead of.
    * estar por demostrar = be unproven.
    * estar por detrás = be behind.
    * estar por encima de = overlay, overlie.
    * estar por las nubes = be through the roof.
    * estar por ver = be an open question.
    * estar poseído por los espíritus = haunt.
    * estar precavido = be on + Posesivo + guard, be on guard (against).
    * estar predestinado a = be predestined to.
    * estar predispuesto = feel + partial.
    * estar predispuesto a = be predisposed to/toward(s).
    * estar preñada = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.
    * estar preocupadísimo = be worried stiff (about), be worried sick.
    * estar preocupado por = be anxious to.
    * estar preparado = be readied, stand + ready, be ready.
    * estar preparado para = be geared up for/to, stand + poised.
    * estar preparado y dispuesto a = be willing and able to.
    * estar preparado y dispuesto a todo = be ready, willing and able.
    * estar presente = be manifest, be present, be in evidence.
    * estar presionado = be under the gun.
    * estar propuesto a = be intent on.
    * estar próximo = be at hand.
    * estar quedándose sin = run + low (on).
    * estar que + subirse + por las paredes = tear + Posesivo + hair out.
    * estar realizándose = underway [under way], be in progress, be in hand.
    * estar rebosante de = spill over with.
    * estar rebosante de salud = fit as a fiddle.
    * estar relacionado con = be associated with, regard.
    * estar relacionado con el trabajo = be work related.
    * estar resentido = carry + a chip on + Posesivo + shoulder.
    * estar resfriado = have + a cold.
    * estar respaldado por Alguien = have + Nombre + behind + Pronombre.
    * estar restringido = be constrained.
    * estar resuelto a = be intent on, be all set to.
    * estar saliendo con alguien = be in a dating relationship.
    * estar salpicado de = be dotted with.
    * estar sano y salvo = be alive and well.
    * estar satisfecho (de) = be satisfied (with).
    * estar saturado de trabajo = work to + capacity.
    * estar sediento = be thirsty, spit + feathers, be parched, be parched with thirst.
    * estar seguro = be sure, make + sure, set + your watch by.
    * estar seguro de = be certain (of), be confident about, feel + confident.
    * estar seguro de que = be confident that.
    * estar sentado sin hacer o decir nada = sit by.
    * estar separado = set + apart.
    * estar separado de = be remote from.
    * estar sesgado = bias, slant.
    * estar siempre + Adjetivo = be ever + Adjetivo.
    * estar siempre buscando = be on the lookout for.
    * estar siempre dispuesto a ayudar = be always willing to assist.
    * estar siendo + Participio = be in process of + Nombre.
    * estar sin blanca = not have a bean.
    * estar sin hacer nada = sit + idle, stand + idle.
    * estar sin trabajo = stay out of + work.
    * estar sin una pela = not have a bean.
    * estar sin un centavo = not have a bean.
    * estar sin un céntimo = not have a bean

    * * *
    estar1 [ A27 ]
    ■ estar (cópula)
    A seguido de adjetivos
    B estar bien, mal, mejor, peor
    C hablando de estado civil
    D seguido de participios
    E con preposición + predicado
    F con que + predicado
    ■ estar (verbo intransitivo)
    A quedar ubicado
    B
    1 hallarse en cierto momento
    2 figurar
    C
    1 hallarse en determinado lugar
    2 acudir
    D
    1 quedarse, permanecer
    2 vivir
    Sentido II en el tiempo
    A existir, haber
    B tener como función etc
    C radicar
    D estar listo, terminado
    E quedar entendido
    F quedar grande, pequeño etc
    G Derecho
    ■ estar (verbo auxiliar)
    A con gerundio
    B con participio
    ■ estarse (verbo pronominal)
    A permanecer
    B acudir
    A (seguido de adjetivos) [ Estar denotes a changed condition or state as opposed to identity or nature, which is normally expressed by ser1 (↑ ser (1)) . Estar is also used when the emphasis is on the speaker's perception of things, of their appearance, taste, etc. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in ser1 (↑ ser (1)) ] to be
    ¡qué gordo está! isn't he fat!, hasn't he got(ten) fat! o put on a lot of weight!
    ¡qué alto está Ignacio! isn't Ignacio tall now!, hasn't Ignacio got(ten) tall o grown!
    ¡pobre abuelo! está viejo poor grandpa! he's really aged
    el rape está delicioso ¿qué le has puesto? the monkfish is delicious, how did you cook it?
    está muy simpático con nosotros ¿qué querrá? he's being o he's been so nice to us (recently), what do you think he's after?
    no estuvo grosero contigo — sí, lo estuvo he wasn't rude to you — yes, he was
    estás muy callado ¿qué te pasa? you're very quiet, what's the matter?
    ¡pero tú estás casi calvo! but you're almost bald, but you've gone almost bald o you've lost almost all your hair!
    ¿no me oyes? ¿estás sorda? can't you hear me? are you deaf?
    ¿está muerto/vivo? is he dead/alive?
    está cansada/furiosa/embarazada she is tired/furious/pregnant
    ¿cómo están por tu casa? — están todos bien, gracias how's everybody at home? — they're all fine, thanks
    ¡qué bien estás en esta foto! you look great in this photo!
    está mal que no se lo perdones it's wrong of you not to forgive him
    está casada con un primo mío she's married to a cousin of mine
    sus padres están divorciados her parents are divorced
    D
    (seguido de participios): estaba sentado/echado en la cama he was sitting/lying on the bed
    está colgado de una rama it's hanging from a branch
    estaban abrazados they had their arms around each other
    estaba arrodillada she was kneeling (down)
    ver tb estar1 v aux B.
    estoy a régimen I'm on a diet
    ¿a cómo está la uva? how much are the grapes?
    estamos como al principio we're back to where we started
    está con el sarampión she has (the) measles
    estoy con muchas ganas de empezar I'm really looking forward to starting
    siempre está con lo mismo/con que es un incomprendido he's always going on about the same thing/about how nobody understands him
    estaba de luto/de uniforme he was in mourning/uniform
    hoy está de mejor humor she's in a better mood today
    están de limpieza/viaje they're spring-cleaning/on a trip
    estoy de cocinera hasta que vuelva mi madre I'm doing the cooking until my mother comes back
    estuvo de secretaria en una empresa internacional she worked as a secretary in an international company
    estás en un error you're mistaken
    no estoy para fiestas/bromas I'm not in the mood for parties/joking
    estamos sin electricidad we don't have any electricity at the moment, the electricity is off at the moment
    éste está sin pintar this one hasn't been painted yet
    estar con algn (estar de acuerdo) to agree with sb; (apoyar) to support sb, be on sb's side
    yo estoy contigo, creo que ella está equivocada I agree with you o ( colloq) I'm with you, I think she's mistaken
    nuestro partido está con el pueblo our party supports o is on the side of the people
    el pueblo está con nosotros the people are with us
    estar en algo: todavía no hemos solucionado el problema, pero estamos en ello or eso we still haven't solved the problem, but we're working on it
    estar por algn ( Esp fam); to be sweet o keen on sb ( colloq)
    está que no hay quien lo aguante he's (being) unbearable
    el agua está que pela the water's scalding hot
    vi
    A «edificio/pueblo» (quedar, estar ubicado) ; to be
    la agencia está en el centro the agency is in the center
    ¿dónde está Camagüey? where's Camagüey?
    el pueblo está a 20 kilómetros de aquí the town's 20 kilometers from here
    B
    1 «persona/objeto» (hallarse en cierto momento) to be
    ¿a qué hora tienes que estar allí? what time do you have to be there?
    estando allí conoció a Micaela he met Micaela while he was there
    ¿dónde estábamos la clase pasada? where did we get to o had we got(ten) to in the last class?
    2 (figurar) to be
    esa palabra no está en el diccionario that word isn't in the dictionary
    yo no estaba en la lista I wasn't on the list, my name didn't appear on the list
    C
    1
    (hallarse en determinado lugar): fui a verla pero no estaba I went to see her but she wasn't there
    ¿está Rodrigo? is Rodrigo in?
    ¿estamos todos? are we all here?, is everyone here?
    2
    (Col, RPl) (acudir): el médico había estado a verla the doctor had been to see her
    D
    1
    (quedarse, permanecer): sólo estaré unos días I'll only be staying a few days, I'll only be here/there a few days
    ¿cuánto tiempo estuviste en Londres? how long were you in London?
    2
    (vivir): ya no vivimos allí, ahora estamos en Soca we don't live there anymore, we're in o we live in Soca now
    de momento estoy con mi hermana at the moment I'm staying with my sister
    (en el tiempo): ¿a qué (día) estamos? what day is it today?
    ¿a cuánto estamos hoy? what's the date today o today's date?, what date is it today?
    estamos a 28 de mayo it's May 28th ( AmE) o ( BrE) the 28th of May
    estamos a mediados de mes we're halfway through the month
    estamos en primavera it's spring, spring has come
    ¿en qué mes estamos? what month are we in o is it?
    ellos están en primavera ahora it's spring for them now, it's their spring now
    A
    (existir, haber): y después está el problema de la financiación and then there's the problem of finance
    B (tener como función, cometido) estar PARA algo:
    para eso estamos that's what we're here for
    para eso están los amigos that's what friends are for
    ya que estamos/estás while we're/you're at it o ( BrE) about it
    C
    (radicar): ahí está el quid del asunto that's the crux of the matter
    estar EN algo:
    la dificultad está en hacerlo sin mirar the difficult thing is to do it o the difficulty lies in doing it without looking
    todo está en que él quiera ayudarnos it all depends on whether he wants to help us or not
    D
    (estar listo, terminado): la carne todavía no está the meat's not ready yet
    lo atas con un nudo aquí y ya está you tie a knot in it here and that's it o there you are
    enseguida estoy I'll be with you in a minute o in a second, I'll be right with you
    ¡ya está! ¡ya sé lo que podemos hacer! I've got it! I know what we can do!
    ¡ahí está! that's it!
    E
    (quedar entendido): quiero que estés de vuelta a las diez ¿estamos? or (Ur) ¿está? I want you to be back by ten, all right?
    que no vuelva a suceder ¿estamos? don't let it happen again, understand? o is that understood? o ( colloq) got it?
    F
    ( Esp) (quedar) (+ me/te/le etc), (+ compl): esa falda te está grande/pequeña that skirt's too big/too small for you
    la 46 te está mejor the 46 fits you better
    G ( frml) ( Derecho) estar A algo:
    se estará a lo estipulado en la cláusula 20 the stipulations of clause 20 will apply
    ■
    A
    (con gerundio): está lloviendo it's raining
    no hagas ruido, están durmiendo don't make any noise, they're asleep
    se está afeitando/duchando or está afeitándose/duchándose he's shaving/taking a shower
    estuve un rato hablando con él I was talking o I talked to him for a while
    ¿qué estará pensando? I wonder what she's thinking
    ya estoy viendo que va a ser imposible I'm beginning to see that it's going to be impossible
    ya te estás quitando de ahí, que ése es mi lugar ( fam); OK, out of there/off there, that's my place ( colloq)
    B
    (con participio): ¿esta ropa está planchada? have these clothes been ironed?, are these clothes ironed?
    la foto estaba tomada desde muy lejos the photo had been taken from a long way away o from a great distance
    ese asiento está ocupado that seat is taken
    ya está hecho un hombrecito he's a proper young man now
    está hecha una vaga she's got(ten) o become lazy
    A ( enf) (permanecer) to stay
    se estuvo horas ahí sentado sin moverse he remained sitting there for hours without moving, he sat there for hours without moving
    ¿no te puedes estar quieto un momento? can't you stay o keep still for a minute?
    estése tranquilo don't worry
    B ( enf) ( RPl) (acudir) to be
    estáte allí media hora antes be there o arrive half an hour before
    living room
    * * *

     

    estar 1 ( conjugate estar) cópula
    1

    ◊ Estar denotes a changed condition or state as opposed to identity or nature, which is normally expressed by ser. Estar is also used when the emphasis is on the speaker's perception of things, of their appearance, taste, etc. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in ser 1 cópula 1 to be;

    estás más gordo you've put on weight;
    estoy cansada I'm tired;
    está muy simpático conmigo he's being o he's been so nice to me (recently);
    ¡todo está tan caro! things are o have become so expensive!
    b) ( con

    ◊ bien, mal, mejor, peor): están todos bien, gracias they're all fine, thanks;

    ¡qué bien estás en esta foto! you look great in this photo!;
    está mal que no se lo perdones it's wrong of you not to forgive him;
    ver tb bien, mal, mejor, peor
    2 ( hablando de estado civil) to be;

    3 ( seguido de participios)

    estaban abrazados they had their arms around each other;
    ver tb v aux 2
    4 ( seguido de preposición) to be;
    (para más ejemplos ver tb la preposición o el nombre correspondiente);

    ¿a cómo está la uva? how much are the grapes?;
    está con el sarampión she has (the) measles;
    estoy de cocinera I'm doing the cooking;
    estamos sin electricidad the electricity is off at the moment;
    está sin pintar it hasn't been painted yet
    verbo intransitivo
    1 ( en un lugar) to be;
    ◊ ¿dónde está Chiapas? where's Chiapas?;

    está a 20 kilómetros de aquí it's 20 kilometers from here;
    ¿sabes dónde está Pedro? do you know where Pedro is?;
    ¿está Rodrigo? is Rodrigo in?;
    solo estaré unos días I'll only be staying a few days;
    ¿cuánto tiempo estarás en Londres? how long are you going to be in London (for)?
    2 ( en el tiempo):
    ◊ ¿a qué (día) estamos? what day is it today?;

    ¿a cuánto estamos hoy? what's the date today?;
    estamos a 28 de mayo it's May 28th (AmE) o (BrE) the 28th of May;
    estamos en primavera it's spring
    3
    a) (tener como función, cometido):


    estamos para ayudarlos we're here to help them


    4 (estar listo, terminado):

    lo atas con un nudo y ya está you tie a knot in it and that's it o there you are;
    enseguida estoy I'll be right with you
    5 (Esp) ( quedar) (+ me/te/le etc) (+ compl):

    la 46 te está mejor the 46 fits you better
    estar v aux
    1 ( con gerundio):

    estoy viendo que va a ser imposible I'm beginning to see that it's going to be impossible
    2 ( con participio):

    ya está hecho un hombrecito he's a proper young man now;
    ver tb estar cópula 3
    estarse verbo pronominal ( enf) ( permanecer) to stay;
    ◊ ¿no te puedes estar quieto? can't you stay o keep still?;

    estese tranquilo don't worry
    estar 2 sustantivo masculino (esp AmL) living room
    estar verbo intransitivo
    1 (existir, hallarse) to be: está al norte, it is to the north
    ¿estarás en casa?, will you be at home?
    no está en ningún lado, it isn't anywhere
    estamos aquí para servirle, we are at your service
    su pedido aún no está, your order isn't ready yet
    2 (permanecer) to stay: estos días estoy en casa de mis padres, these days I'm staying at my parents' place
    estoy en la oficina de ocho a dos, I'm at the office from eight to two
    quiero que estés aquí un minuto, ahora vuelvo, stay here, I'll be right back
    3 (tener una situación actual determinada: con adjetivo o participio) estaba blanco como la cera, he had turned as white as a sheet
    está dormido, he's asleep
    está teñida de rubio, her hair's dyed blonde
    (con gerundio) está estudiando, he is studying
    estaba preparando la comida, I was cooking
    (con adverbio) estoy tan lejos, I'm so far away
    está muy mal, (enfermo) he is very ill
    4 (quedar, sentar) el jersey me está pequeño, the sweater is too small for me
    5 (para indicar precio, grados, fecha) (+ a: fecha) to be: ¿a qué día estamos?, what's the date?
    estamos a 1 de Julio, it is the first of July
    (: precio) to be at: ¿a cómo/cuánto están las manzanas?, how much are the apples?
    están a setenta pesetas el kilo, they're seventy pesetas a kilo
    (: grados) en Madrid estamos a cuarenta grados, it's forty degrees in Madrid
    ♦ Locuciones: ¿estamos?, agreed?
    estar a disposición de, to be at the disposal of
    estar a la que salta, to be ready to take advantage of an opportunity
    estar a las duras y a las maduras, to take the bad with the good
    estar al caer, to be just round the corner
    estar en baja, to be waning
    estar en todo, to be on top of everything
    estaría bueno, whatever next
    ESTAR CON: (de acuerdo con) estoy con María, I agree with Mary
    ESTAR DE: estoy de broma, I'm joking
    está de camarero, he's working as a waiter
    estaba de Dios que las cosas sucedieran así, it was God's will that things turned out this way, está de vacaciones, he's on holiday
    me voy a marchar porque está claro que aquí estoy de más, I'm going to go because it's obvious that I'm in the way
    ESTAR ENCIMA: su madre siempre está encima de él, his mother is always on top of him
    ESTAR PARA: no estamos para bromas, we are in no mood for jokes
    esa ropa está para planchar, these clothes are ready to be ironed
    cuando estaba para salir, me llamaron, when I was just about to leave, they called me
    ESTAR POR: la casa está por construir, the house has still to be built
    estuve por decirle lo que pensaba, I was tempted to tell him what I thought
    estoy por la igualdad de derechos, I'm for equal rights
    ESTAR QUE: está que no puede con su alma, he is exhausted
    familiar está que trina, he's hopping mad
    ESTAR TRAS: está tras el ascenso, he is after promotion
    estoy tras una blusa blanca, I'm looking for a white blouse
    El uso del verbo to stay como traducción de estar en un lugar es incorrecto, a menos que quieras expresar lo contrario de irse o marcharse (no me voy a la playa, estaré en casa todo el verano, I'm not going to the beach, I'm staying at home all summer) o te refieras a alojarse: Estoy en el Palace. I'm staying at the Palace.

    ' estar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abismo
    - acatarrada
    - acatarrado
    - acecho
    - acomplejada
    - acomplejado
    - acostada
    - acostado
    - acostumbrada
    - acostumbrado
    - activa
    - activo
    - afónica
    - afónico
    - agradecer
    - agua
    - aire
    - ajo
    - ala
    - alero
    - alerta
    - amiga
    - amigo
    - andar
    - antena
    - apañada
    - apañado
    - apogeo
    - ascua
    - atar
    - aviar
    - azotea
    - Babia
    - baja
    - bandera
    - banquillo
    - barco
    - blanca
    - bordear
    - borracha
    - borracho
    - bote
    - braga
    - brecha
    - brete
    - buena
    - bueno
    - cabal
    - cabeza
    - cabo
    English:
    about
    - accustom
    - action
    - agree
    - agreement
    - ahead
    - air
    - alert
    - alive
    - alone
    - aloof
    - amenable
    - amiss
    - antsy
    - anxious
    - approve
    - associate
    - attend
    - away
    - back
    - ball
    - barbecue
    - be
    - bean
    - beck
    - beg
    - behind
    - believe in
    - beside
    - best
    - board
    - boil
    - book
    - boom
    - bored
    - brain
    - breath
    - bristle with
    - broke
    - brown
    - bulge
    - burn
    - by
    - cake
    - call
    - change
    - charge
    - cheese off
    - clash
    - close
    * * *
    ♦ vi
    1. [hallarse] to be;
    ¿dónde está la llave? where is the key?;
    ¿está María? – no, no está is Maria there? – no, she's not here
    2. [con fechas]
    ¿a qué estamos hoy? what's the date today?;
    hoy estamos a martes/a 15 de julio today is Tuesday/15 July;
    estábamos en octubre it was October;
    estamos en invierno it's winter
    3. [quedarse] to stay, to be;
    estaré un par de horas y me iré I'll stay a couple of hours and then I'll go;
    ¿cuánto tiempo piensas estar? how long do you plan on staying?;
    estuvimos una semana en su casa we stayed with her for a week, we spent a week at her place
    4. (antes de “a”) [expresa valores, grados]
    estamos a 20 grados it's 20 degrees here;
    el dólar está a 10 pesos the dollar is at 10 pesos;
    están a dos euros el kilo they're two euros a kilo
    5. [hallarse listo] to be ready;
    ¿aún no está ese trabajo? is that piece of work still not ready?;
    ¿ya estás? pues, vámonos are you ready? let's go then
    6. [servir]
    estar para to be (there) for;
    para eso están los amigos that's what friends are for;
    para eso estoy that's what I'm here for;
    la vida está para vivirla life is for living;
    no tires eso al suelo, que las papeleras están para algo don't throw that on the floor, the wastepaper bins are there for a reason
    7. (antes de gerundio) [expresa duración] to be;
    están golpeando la puerta they're banging on the door
    8. (antes de “sin” + infinitivo) [expresa negación]
    estoy sin dormir desde ayer I haven't slept since yesterday;
    está sin acabar it's not finished;
    estuve sin voz dos días I had no voice o I lost my voice for two days
    9. [faltar]
    eso está aún por escribir that has yet to be written;
    eso está por ver that remains to be seen;
    todavía está por hacer it hasn't been done yet
    10. [consistir]
    estar en to be, to lie in;
    el problema está en la fecha the problem is the date;
    el truco está en no mirar nunca al suelo the trick o secret is not to look at the ground
    11. [hallarse a punto de]
    estar al llegar o [m5] caer [persona] to be about to arrive;
    [acontecimiento] to be about to happen;
    estar por hacer algo to be on the verge of doing sth;
    estuve por pegarle I was on the verge of hitting him;
    estoy por no ir I'm not so sure I want to go;
    estuve por llamarte I was about to phone you, I was just going to phone you
    12. [expresa disposición]
    estar para algo to be in the mood for sth;
    no estoy para bromas I'm not in the mood for jokes;
    el enfermo no está para ver a nadie the patient is in no condition to see anyone
    13. [ser favorable]
    estar por to be in favour of;
    estoy por la libertad de expresión I'm in favour of o for freedom of speech
    14. [hallarse embarazada]
    está de cinco meses she's five months pregnant
    15. RP [ir]
    estuve a verlo en el hospital I went to see him in hospital;
    estuvieron a visitarlo they went to visit him
    ♦ v copulativo
    1. (antes de adj) [expresa cualidad, estado] to be;
    los pasteles están ricos the cakes are delicious;
    esta calle está sucia this street is dirty;
    ¡qué alta estás! you've really grown!;
    estoy cansado/enfadado I'm tired/angry;
    ¿qué tal estás? how are you?;
    está muy irritable últimamente she's been very irritable lately;
    está divorciado he's divorced;
    estoy enfermo/mareado I am ill/I feel sick;
    Andes
    cuando estaba chiquito when I was little
    2. (antes de “con” o “sin” + sustantivo) [expresa estado] to be;
    estamos sin agua we have no water, we're without water;
    Fam
    estoy sin blanca I'm broke, Br I'm skint
    3. [expresa situación, acción]
    estar de vacaciones to be on holiday;
    estar de viaje to be on a trip;
    estar de mudanza to be (in the process of) moving;
    estamos de suerte we're in luck;
    estar de mal humor to be in a (bad) mood;
    ¿has cambiado la rueda? – estoy en ello have you changed the tyre? – I'm working on it o I'm doing it right now;
    ¡ya está bien! that's enough (of that)!
    4. [expresa permanencia]
    estar en uso to be in use;
    estar en guardia to be on guard
    5. [expresa apoyo, predilección]
    estoy contigo I'm on your side
    6. [expresa ocupación]
    estar como o [m5]de to be;
    está como o [m5] de cajera she's a checkout girl;
    yo he estado de portero toda la primera parte I've been in goal all of the first half
    7. Esp [ropa]
    este traje te está bien this suit looks good on you;
    esa falda te está corta that skirt's too short for you;
    ¿cómo me está? how does this look?
    8. (antes de “que” + verbo) [expresa actitud]
    está que muerde porque ha suspendido he's furious because he failed
    ♦ v aux
    1. (antes de gerundio) to be;
    estuvo nevando it was snowing;
    se está peinando she's brushing her hair;
    estuvieron discutiendo durante toda la reunión they spent the whole meeting arguing, they were arguing throughout the whole meeting;
    mañana a estas horas estaré bañándome en la playa this time tomorrow I'll be swimming at the beach
    2. (antes de participio)
    está terminado it's finished;
    está organizado por el ayuntamiento it's organized by the town council
    * * *
    v/i
    ¿cómo está Vd.? how are you?;
    estoy mejor I’m (feeling) better;
    estoy bien/mal I’m fine/I’m not feeling too great;
    estar de tres meses be three months pregnant;
    estar sin dinero have no money;
    ¡ya estoy! I’m ready!
    :
    ¿está Javier? is Javier in?;
    mi padre no está my father isn’t here;
    ¡ahí está! there it is!;
    ahora estoy con Vd. I’ll be with you in just a moment;
    ¿dónde estábamos? where were we?
    3
    :
    estar haciendo algo be doing sth;
    estoy leyendo I’m reading
    4 ( sentar)
    :
    te está grande it's too big for you;
    el vestido te está bien the dress suits you
    5
    :
    estar de ocupación work as, be;
    está de camarero he’s working as a waiter
    6 ( padecer de)
    :
    estar del corazón/estómago have heart/stomach problems
    :
    estamos a 3 de enero it’s January 3rd;
    el kilo está a un peso they’re one peso a kilo
    8
    :
    estar con alguien agree with s.o.; ( apoyar) support s.o.;
    estar a bien/mal con alguien be on good/bad terms with s.o.;
    estar en algo be working on sth;
    estar para hacer algo be about to do sth;
    no estar para algo not be in a mood for sth;
    estar por algo be in favor of sth;
    está por hacer it hasn’t been done yet;
    ¡ya está! that’s it!
    * * *
    estar {34} v aux
    : to be
    estoy aprendiendo inglés: I'm learning English
    está terminado: it's finished
    estar vi
    está muy alto: he's so tall, he's gotten very tall
    ¿ya estás mejor?: are you feeling better now?
    estoy casado: I'm married
    están en la mesa: they're on the table
    estamos en la página 2: we're on page 2
    3) : to be at home
    ¿está María?: is Maria in?
    4) : to remain
    estaré aquí 5 días: I'll be here for 5 days
    5) : to be ready, to be done
    estará para las diez: it will be ready by ten o'clock
    6) : to agree
    ¿estamos?: are we in agreement?
    estoy contigo: I'm with you
    7)
    ¿cómo estás? : how are you?
    8)
    ¡está bien! : all right!, that's fine!
    9)
    estar a : to cost
    estar a : to be
    ¿a qué dia estamos?: what's today's date?
    estar con : to have
    está con fiebre: she has a fever
    estar de : to be
    estoy de vacaciones: I'm on vacation
    está de director hoy: he's acting as director today
    estar bien (mal) : to be well (sick)
    estar para : to be in the mood for
    estar por : to be in favor of
    estar por : to be about to
    está por cerrar: it's on the verge of closing
    estar de más : to be unnecessary
    estar que : to be (in a state or condition)
    está que echa chispas: he's hopping mad
    * * *
    estar vb
    1. (en general) to be
    ¿estás cansada? are you tired?
    3. (en casa, en el trabajo) to be in / to be there / to be here
    ¿está Pepe? is Pepe in? / is Pepe there?
    ¿está tu madre en casa? is your mother in?
    4. (listo, preparado) to be ready
    5. (aspecto) to look
    ¡qué guapo estás! you look very smart!
    estar a... to be...
    ¿a cuánto están los tomates? how much are the tomatoes?
    estar de... to be...

    Spanish-English dictionary > estar

  • 26 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 27 debeo

    dēbĕo ( dehibeo, Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 24 infra, cf. Ritschl, Opusc. Phil. 2, 590), ŭi, ĭtum, 2, v. a. [de-habeo], (lit., to have or keep from some one: "qui pecuniam dissolvit, statim non habet id quod reddidit, qui autem debet, aes retinet alienum," Cic. Planc. 28, 68 Wund.; hence), to owe (Gr. opheilô; opp. reddo, solvo, dissolvo, persolvo, freq. and class.).
    I.
    Lit., of money and money's worth.
    a.
    Act.,
    (α).
    with acc.:

    quas (drachmas) de ratione dehibuisti,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 24; cf. Ter. Heaut. 4, 5, 43:

    Mylasis et Alabandis pecuniam Cluvio debent,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 56; so,

    pecuniam alicui,

    id. ib. 13, 14 et saep.:

    qui dissolverem quae debeo,

    Ter. Ph. 4, 3, 51:

    appellatus es de pecunia, quam pro domo, pro hortis, pro sectione debebas,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 29, 71; so,

    grandem pecuniam,

    Sall. C. 49, 3: quadringenties HS. Cic. Phil. 2, 37:

    talenta CC,

    id. Att. 5, 21, 12:

    quadruplum, duplum,

    Quint. 7, 4, 44 et saep.—
    (β).
    Without acc.:

    illis quibus debeo,

    Ter. Ph. 5, 7, 30:

    ut illi quam plurimi deberent,

    Sall. J. 96, 2:

    nec ipsi debeo,

    Quint. 4, 4, 6: Cal. Jan. debuit;

    adhuc non solvit,

    Cic. Att. 14, 18; Caes. B. C. 3, 20, 3 et saep.— Part. pres. as subst.: debentes, ium, m., debtors, Liv. 6, 27, 3; cf. Sen. Ben. 1, 4, 5.—
    b.
    Pass.:

    dum pecunia accipitur, quae mihi ex publica permutatione debetur,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 5, 4; id. Verr. 2, 3, 82; cf.:

    quam ad diem legioni frumentum deberi sciebat,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 33:

    a publicanis suae provinciae debitam biennii pecuniam exegerat,

    id. B. C. 3, 31; Quint. 5, 10, 117:

    quod si omnino non debetur? Quid? praetor solet judicare deberi?

    Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 3, § 10; cf.:

    quaeretur an debeatur,

    Quint. 7, 1, 21 et saep.—Hence,
    (β).
    Dēbĭ-tum, i, n., what is owing, a debt, Cic. Att. 13, 23 fin.:

    ne de bonis deminui paterentur priusquam Fundanio debitum solutum esset,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 3, § 10:

    tamquam debito fraudetur,

    id. Or. 53, 178:

    ex quibus unum haec epistula in debitum solvet,

    will pay a debt with one, Sen. Ep. 7, 10:

    reddere,

    to repay, Col. 10, pr. 1.
    2.
    Prov.:

    animan debere,

    to be over head and ears in debt, Ter. Ph. 4, 3, 56 ("Graecum proverbium, kai autên tên psuchên opheilei," Don.).
    II.
    Trop., to owe something, i. e. to be under obligation, both to and for something.
    A.
    To owe, i. e. to be bound or under obligation to render, pay, etc., something (for syn. cf.: necesse est, oportet, cogo, decet, opus est, par est, meum, tuum... alicujus est).
    1.
    In gen.
    a.
    Act.
    (α).
    with acc.:

    ego hoc tibi pro servitio debeo,

    Ter. Andr. 4, 1, 51:

    quo etiam majorem ei res publica gratiam debet,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 11, 27; so,

    gratiam,

    Sall. J. 110; cf. no. b:

    videris patriae hoc munus debere,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 25:

    si fidem debet tutor,

    Quint. 5, 10, 73 (acc. to Cic. Top. 10, 42, si tutor fidem praestare debet); cf. no. b:

    dies longa videtur opus debentibus,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 21:

    quos mundo debes oculos,

    Ov. M. 4, 197:

    debueram patriae poenas odiisque meorum,

    Verg. A. 10, 853; cf. Ov. M. 6, 538; id. F. 5, 648:

    juvenem nil jam caelestibus ullis debentem,

    Verg. A. 11, 51; cf. Sil. 15, 371: navis, quae tibi creditum Debes Vergilium finibus Atticis, Hor. Od. 1, 3, 6; Ov. M. 1, 481 sq.:

    Turnum debent haec jam mihi sacra,

    Verg. A. 12, 317 Wagn. N. cr.; cf. id. ib. 11, 179:

    isti tibi quid homines debent?

    i. e. what business have you with those men? Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 51; cf. infra b fin. —
    (β).
    With inf., to be bound, in duty bound to do something; I ought, must, should, etc., do it (in class. prose always in the sense of moral necessity; in the poets sometimes for necesse est):

    debetis velle quae velimus,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 39:

    num ferre contra patriam arma illi cum Coriolano debuerunt?

    Cic. Lael. 11:

    multo illa gravius aestimare debere,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 14 fin.:

    Africam forte Tubero obtinere debebat,

    id. B. C. 1, 30:

    debes hoc etiam rescribere,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 3, 30 et saep.:

    ut agri vastari, oppida expugnari non debuerint, Caes, B. G. 1, 11: summae se iniquitatis condemnari debere, si, etc.,

    id. ib. 7, 19 fin.:

    scriptor... inter perfectos veteresque referri debet, etc.,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 37 (for which ib. 41: inter quos referendus erit? cf. also ultima semper Exspectanda dies homini;

    dicique beatus Ante obitum nemo debet,

    Ov. M. 3, 137):

    ut jam nunc dicat, jam nunc debentia dici,

    Hor. A. P. 43 et saep.— Poet. for necesse est, oportet, it is necessary, it must needs (so almost everywhere in Lucret.):

    omnia debet enim cibus integrare novando et fulcire cibus, etc.,

    Lucr. 2, 1146; 3, 188; 4, 61; 1, 232 Munro.—
    b.
    Pass., to be due or owing:

    Veneri jam et Libero reliquum tempus deberi arbitrabatur,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11:

    quanta his (sc. dis) gratia debeatur,

    id. Fin. 3, 22, 73; id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 9 fin.:

    honores non ex merito, sed quasi debitos repetere,

    Sall. J. 85, 37 et saep.:

    persolvant grates dignas et praemia reddant Debita!

    Verg. A. 2, 538:

    debita quam sulcis committas semina,

    id. G. 1, 223; Prop. 1, 6, 17; 2, 28, 60 (3, 26, 14 M.):

    debitae Nymphis opifex coronae,

    Hor. Od. 3, 27, 30:

    calentem debita sparges lacrima favillam,

    id. ib. 2, 6, 23; Prop. 3, 7, 9 (4, 6, 9 M.):

    soli mihi Pallas debetur,

    Verg. A. 10, 443 et saep.:

    quid tibi istic debetur?

    what business have you there? Plaut. Mil. 2, 5, 18; id. Truc. 2, 2, 8; id. Rud. 1, 1, 34; cf. supra, a
    (α).
    .—Hence, Dēbĭtum, i, n., what is due, debt, duty, obligation (post-Aug. and rare):

    velut omni vitae debito liberatus,

    Curt. 10, 5, 3:

    nepotum nutriendorum,

    Val. Max. 2, 9, 1:

    non secundum gratiam, sed secundum debitum,

    Vulg. Rom. 4, 4; 1 Cor. 7, 3:

    solvere debito,

    to free from obligation, Sen. Ben. 6, 4, 1.—
    2.
    Poet. (esp. in Verg.) and in post-Aug. prose like the Gr. opheilô and ophliskanô.
    a.
    To owe, i. e. to be bound or destined by fate or by nature (v. Lidd. and Scott sub. opheilô, no. 3).
    (α).
    Act.. urbem et jam cerno Phrygios debere nepotes, i. e. are destined to found, Ov. M. 15, 444:

    debet multas hic legibus aevi (i. e. fato) Ante suam mortes,

    Luc. 2, 82; cf. id. 6, 530.—More usually,
    (β).
    pass., to be due i. e. to be destined:

    cui regnum Italiae Romanaque tellus Debentur,

    Verg. A. 4, 276; cf. id. ib. 3, 184; 7, 120;

    145: indigetem Aeneam scis Deberi caelo,

    id. ib. 12, 795:

    animae, quibus altera fato Corpora debentur,

    id. ib. 6, 714:

    sors ista senectae Debita erat nostrae,

    id. ib. 11, 166:

    fatis debitus Arruns,

    i. e. devoted to death, id. ib. 11, 759:

    dum bello Argolici vastabant Pergama reges Debita casurasque inimicis ignibus arces,

    id. ib. 8, 375 (" fataliter ad exitium destinata," Serv.); cf. so absol.:

    tempora Parcae debita complerant,

    id. ib. 9, 108:

    morbo naturae debitum reddiderunt,

    Nep. Reg. 1 fin.: DEBITVM NATVRAE PERSOLVIT, etc., Inscr. Orell. no. 3453;

    and simply DEBITVM PERSOLVIT,

    id. ib. no. 4482.—
    b.
    So, because what one is destined by the fates to suffer is regarded as his debt (ophliskanein gelôta tini):

    tu nisi ventis debes ludibrium, cave,

    Hor. Od. 1, 14, 16.
    B.
    To owe something to some one, to be indebted to or to have to thank one for something.
    (α).
    With acc.:

    ut hoc summum beneficium Q. Maximo debuerim,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 26, 121; so magna beneficia mihi, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 12;

    qui mihi laudem illam eo minus deberet,

    Cic. Att. 1, 14, 3:

    me paene plus tibi quam ipsi Miloni debiturum,

    id. Fam. 2, 6 fin.; cf. id. Planc. 28;

    and quantum cuique deberet,

    Nep. Epam. 3 fin.; Plin. Pan. 30, 1 et saep.:

    o cui debere salutem Confiteor,

    Ov. M. 7, 164;

    so vitam,

    id. Pont. 4, 5, 31;

    and in a like sense: se,

    id. M. 7, 48; 2, 644; so,

    in a bad sense, hoc quoque Tarquinio debebimus,

    id. Fast. 2, 825. —
    (β).
    Absol., to be indebted, obliged, under obligation to one:

    verum fac me multis debere, et in iis Plancio, etc.,

    Cic. Planc. 28; cf.

    with a clause: tibi nos debere fatemur, quod, etc.,

    Ov. M. 4, 76.
    C.
    To continue to owe something; i. e. to withhold, keep back:

    quod praesenti tibi non tribueram, id absenti debere non potui,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 19, init. —So pass.:

    sic enim diximus, et tibi hoc video non posse debere,

    id. Tusc. 2, 27, 67 fin.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > debeo

  • 28 Debitum

    dēbĕo ( dehibeo, Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 24 infra, cf. Ritschl, Opusc. Phil. 2, 590), ŭi, ĭtum, 2, v. a. [de-habeo], (lit., to have or keep from some one: "qui pecuniam dissolvit, statim non habet id quod reddidit, qui autem debet, aes retinet alienum," Cic. Planc. 28, 68 Wund.; hence), to owe (Gr. opheilô; opp. reddo, solvo, dissolvo, persolvo, freq. and class.).
    I.
    Lit., of money and money's worth.
    a.
    Act.,
    (α).
    with acc.:

    quas (drachmas) de ratione dehibuisti,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 24; cf. Ter. Heaut. 4, 5, 43:

    Mylasis et Alabandis pecuniam Cluvio debent,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 56; so,

    pecuniam alicui,

    id. ib. 13, 14 et saep.:

    qui dissolverem quae debeo,

    Ter. Ph. 4, 3, 51:

    appellatus es de pecunia, quam pro domo, pro hortis, pro sectione debebas,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 29, 71; so,

    grandem pecuniam,

    Sall. C. 49, 3: quadringenties HS. Cic. Phil. 2, 37:

    talenta CC,

    id. Att. 5, 21, 12:

    quadruplum, duplum,

    Quint. 7, 4, 44 et saep.—
    (β).
    Without acc.:

    illis quibus debeo,

    Ter. Ph. 5, 7, 30:

    ut illi quam plurimi deberent,

    Sall. J. 96, 2:

    nec ipsi debeo,

    Quint. 4, 4, 6: Cal. Jan. debuit;

    adhuc non solvit,

    Cic. Att. 14, 18; Caes. B. C. 3, 20, 3 et saep.— Part. pres. as subst.: debentes, ium, m., debtors, Liv. 6, 27, 3; cf. Sen. Ben. 1, 4, 5.—
    b.
    Pass.:

    dum pecunia accipitur, quae mihi ex publica permutatione debetur,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 5, 4; id. Verr. 2, 3, 82; cf.:

    quam ad diem legioni frumentum deberi sciebat,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 33:

    a publicanis suae provinciae debitam biennii pecuniam exegerat,

    id. B. C. 3, 31; Quint. 5, 10, 117:

    quod si omnino non debetur? Quid? praetor solet judicare deberi?

    Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 3, § 10; cf.:

    quaeretur an debeatur,

    Quint. 7, 1, 21 et saep.—Hence,
    (β).
    Dēbĭ-tum, i, n., what is owing, a debt, Cic. Att. 13, 23 fin.:

    ne de bonis deminui paterentur priusquam Fundanio debitum solutum esset,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 3, § 10:

    tamquam debito fraudetur,

    id. Or. 53, 178:

    ex quibus unum haec epistula in debitum solvet,

    will pay a debt with one, Sen. Ep. 7, 10:

    reddere,

    to repay, Col. 10, pr. 1.
    2.
    Prov.:

    animan debere,

    to be over head and ears in debt, Ter. Ph. 4, 3, 56 ("Graecum proverbium, kai autên tên psuchên opheilei," Don.).
    II.
    Trop., to owe something, i. e. to be under obligation, both to and for something.
    A.
    To owe, i. e. to be bound or under obligation to render, pay, etc., something (for syn. cf.: necesse est, oportet, cogo, decet, opus est, par est, meum, tuum... alicujus est).
    1.
    In gen.
    a.
    Act.
    (α).
    with acc.:

    ego hoc tibi pro servitio debeo,

    Ter. Andr. 4, 1, 51:

    quo etiam majorem ei res publica gratiam debet,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 11, 27; so,

    gratiam,

    Sall. J. 110; cf. no. b:

    videris patriae hoc munus debere,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 25:

    si fidem debet tutor,

    Quint. 5, 10, 73 (acc. to Cic. Top. 10, 42, si tutor fidem praestare debet); cf. no. b:

    dies longa videtur opus debentibus,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 21:

    quos mundo debes oculos,

    Ov. M. 4, 197:

    debueram patriae poenas odiisque meorum,

    Verg. A. 10, 853; cf. Ov. M. 6, 538; id. F. 5, 648:

    juvenem nil jam caelestibus ullis debentem,

    Verg. A. 11, 51; cf. Sil. 15, 371: navis, quae tibi creditum Debes Vergilium finibus Atticis, Hor. Od. 1, 3, 6; Ov. M. 1, 481 sq.:

    Turnum debent haec jam mihi sacra,

    Verg. A. 12, 317 Wagn. N. cr.; cf. id. ib. 11, 179:

    isti tibi quid homines debent?

    i. e. what business have you with those men? Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 51; cf. infra b fin. —
    (β).
    With inf., to be bound, in duty bound to do something; I ought, must, should, etc., do it (in class. prose always in the sense of moral necessity; in the poets sometimes for necesse est):

    debetis velle quae velimus,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 39:

    num ferre contra patriam arma illi cum Coriolano debuerunt?

    Cic. Lael. 11:

    multo illa gravius aestimare debere,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 14 fin.:

    Africam forte Tubero obtinere debebat,

    id. B. C. 1, 30:

    debes hoc etiam rescribere,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 3, 30 et saep.:

    ut agri vastari, oppida expugnari non debuerint, Caes, B. G. 1, 11: summae se iniquitatis condemnari debere, si, etc.,

    id. ib. 7, 19 fin.:

    scriptor... inter perfectos veteresque referri debet, etc.,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 37 (for which ib. 41: inter quos referendus erit? cf. also ultima semper Exspectanda dies homini;

    dicique beatus Ante obitum nemo debet,

    Ov. M. 3, 137):

    ut jam nunc dicat, jam nunc debentia dici,

    Hor. A. P. 43 et saep.— Poet. for necesse est, oportet, it is necessary, it must needs (so almost everywhere in Lucret.):

    omnia debet enim cibus integrare novando et fulcire cibus, etc.,

    Lucr. 2, 1146; 3, 188; 4, 61; 1, 232 Munro.—
    b.
    Pass., to be due or owing:

    Veneri jam et Libero reliquum tempus deberi arbitrabatur,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11:

    quanta his (sc. dis) gratia debeatur,

    id. Fin. 3, 22, 73; id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 9 fin.:

    honores non ex merito, sed quasi debitos repetere,

    Sall. J. 85, 37 et saep.:

    persolvant grates dignas et praemia reddant Debita!

    Verg. A. 2, 538:

    debita quam sulcis committas semina,

    id. G. 1, 223; Prop. 1, 6, 17; 2, 28, 60 (3, 26, 14 M.):

    debitae Nymphis opifex coronae,

    Hor. Od. 3, 27, 30:

    calentem debita sparges lacrima favillam,

    id. ib. 2, 6, 23; Prop. 3, 7, 9 (4, 6, 9 M.):

    soli mihi Pallas debetur,

    Verg. A. 10, 443 et saep.:

    quid tibi istic debetur?

    what business have you there? Plaut. Mil. 2, 5, 18; id. Truc. 2, 2, 8; id. Rud. 1, 1, 34; cf. supra, a
    (α).
    .—Hence, Dēbĭtum, i, n., what is due, debt, duty, obligation (post-Aug. and rare):

    velut omni vitae debito liberatus,

    Curt. 10, 5, 3:

    nepotum nutriendorum,

    Val. Max. 2, 9, 1:

    non secundum gratiam, sed secundum debitum,

    Vulg. Rom. 4, 4; 1 Cor. 7, 3:

    solvere debito,

    to free from obligation, Sen. Ben. 6, 4, 1.—
    2.
    Poet. (esp. in Verg.) and in post-Aug. prose like the Gr. opheilô and ophliskanô.
    a.
    To owe, i. e. to be bound or destined by fate or by nature (v. Lidd. and Scott sub. opheilô, no. 3).
    (α).
    Act.. urbem et jam cerno Phrygios debere nepotes, i. e. are destined to found, Ov. M. 15, 444:

    debet multas hic legibus aevi (i. e. fato) Ante suam mortes,

    Luc. 2, 82; cf. id. 6, 530.—More usually,
    (β).
    pass., to be due i. e. to be destined:

    cui regnum Italiae Romanaque tellus Debentur,

    Verg. A. 4, 276; cf. id. ib. 3, 184; 7, 120;

    145: indigetem Aeneam scis Deberi caelo,

    id. ib. 12, 795:

    animae, quibus altera fato Corpora debentur,

    id. ib. 6, 714:

    sors ista senectae Debita erat nostrae,

    id. ib. 11, 166:

    fatis debitus Arruns,

    i. e. devoted to death, id. ib. 11, 759:

    dum bello Argolici vastabant Pergama reges Debita casurasque inimicis ignibus arces,

    id. ib. 8, 375 (" fataliter ad exitium destinata," Serv.); cf. so absol.:

    tempora Parcae debita complerant,

    id. ib. 9, 108:

    morbo naturae debitum reddiderunt,

    Nep. Reg. 1 fin.: DEBITVM NATVRAE PERSOLVIT, etc., Inscr. Orell. no. 3453;

    and simply DEBITVM PERSOLVIT,

    id. ib. no. 4482.—
    b.
    So, because what one is destined by the fates to suffer is regarded as his debt (ophliskanein gelôta tini):

    tu nisi ventis debes ludibrium, cave,

    Hor. Od. 1, 14, 16.
    B.
    To owe something to some one, to be indebted to or to have to thank one for something.
    (α).
    With acc.:

    ut hoc summum beneficium Q. Maximo debuerim,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 26, 121; so magna beneficia mihi, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 12;

    qui mihi laudem illam eo minus deberet,

    Cic. Att. 1, 14, 3:

    me paene plus tibi quam ipsi Miloni debiturum,

    id. Fam. 2, 6 fin.; cf. id. Planc. 28;

    and quantum cuique deberet,

    Nep. Epam. 3 fin.; Plin. Pan. 30, 1 et saep.:

    o cui debere salutem Confiteor,

    Ov. M. 7, 164;

    so vitam,

    id. Pont. 4, 5, 31;

    and in a like sense: se,

    id. M. 7, 48; 2, 644; so,

    in a bad sense, hoc quoque Tarquinio debebimus,

    id. Fast. 2, 825. —
    (β).
    Absol., to be indebted, obliged, under obligation to one:

    verum fac me multis debere, et in iis Plancio, etc.,

    Cic. Planc. 28; cf.

    with a clause: tibi nos debere fatemur, quod, etc.,

    Ov. M. 4, 76.
    C.
    To continue to owe something; i. e. to withhold, keep back:

    quod praesenti tibi non tribueram, id absenti debere non potui,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 19, init. —So pass.:

    sic enim diximus, et tibi hoc video non posse debere,

    id. Tusc. 2, 27, 67 fin.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Debitum

  • 29 ami

    ami, e [ami]
    1. masculine noun, feminine noun
       a. friend
    • les amis des bêtes/de la nature animal/nature lovers
       b. ( = compagnon) boyfriend ; ( = compagne) girlfriend
    2. adjective
    * * *

    1.
    amie ami adjectif

    2.
    nom masculin, féminin friend

    ‘un ami qui vous veut du bien’ — ‘a well-wisher’

    l'association des amis de Pouchkine — the friends of Pushkin; faux I

    ••

    les bons comptes font les bons amis — Proverbe a debt paid is a friend kept

    c'est dans le besoin or malheur qu'on connaît ses amis — Proverbe a friend in need is a friend indeed

    * * *
    ami ami, -e
    1. nm/f
    1) (amitié) friend
    2) (= enthousiaste)
    2. adj
    1) (relation amicale) friendly
    2) (= enthousiaste)
    * * *
    A adj [pays, entreprise, troupe, personne] friendly; être ami avec qn to be a friend of sb's; nous sommes très amis we are very good friends.
    B nm,f
    1 ( camarade) friend; un ami à moi a friend of mine; se faire des amis to make friends; je m'en suis fait une amie I made a friend of her; grand ami great friend; ami fidèle/intime/d'enfance faithful/close/childhood friend; c'est un ami de la maison he's a friend of the family; un ami de longue date a friend of long standing; un ami de 30 ans a friend of 30 years; un ami de toujours a life-long friend; ‘un ami qui vous veut du bien’ ( sur une lettre anonyme) ‘a friend who has your best interests at heart’, ‘a well-wisher’; en ami as a friend; je te parle en ami I say this as a friend; être le meilleur ami de l'homme to be man's best friend; m'amie‡ my love; ⇒ faux;
    2 ( amateur) friend; un ami de la musique/des bêtes a music/an animal lover; c'est un ami de la simplicité he likes simplicity; l'association des amis de Pouchkine, les amis de Pouchkine the friends of Pushkin;
    3 ( forme d'adresse) gén friend; ( entre époux) dear.
    ami de cœur soul mate.
    les bons comptes font les bons amis a debt paid is a friend kept; c'est dans le besoin or malheur qu'on connaît ses amis Prov a friend in need is a friend indeed; les amis de mes amis sont mes amis the friends of my friends are my friends too.
    ( féminin amie) [ami] adjectif
    [voix, peuple, rivage] friendly
    ————————
    , amie [ami] nom masculin, nom féminin
    1. [camarade] friend
    c'est un de mes amis/une de mes amies he's/she's a friend of mine
    nous sommes entre amis (ici) we're among ou we're all friends (here)
    2. [amoureux]
    3. [bienfaiteur]
    l'ami des pauvres/du peuple the friend of the poor/of the people
    4. [partisan]
    écoutez, mon jeune ami! now look here, young man!
    a. [entre amis] my friend!
    b. [entre époux] (my) dear!
    6. (familier & locution)
    en ami locution adverbiale
    [par amitié] as a friend
    [en non-professionnel] as a friend, on a friendly basis

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > ami

  • 30 लॄ _lॄ

    लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. =
    लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197.
    -4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26.
    -5 Single of its kind, unique, singular.
    -6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121.
    -7 Peerless, matchless.
    -8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8.
    -9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3.
    -1 True.
    -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the one- the other; अजामेकां लोहित... नमामः । अजो ह्येको... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also.
    -कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13.
    (-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41.
    -2 unity, a unit; Hch.
    -का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus].
    -Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15.
    -अक्ष a.
    1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1.
    -2 having one eye.
    -3 having an excellent eye.
    (-क्षः) 1 a crow.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13.
    (-रम्) 1 a monosyllable.
    -2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83.
    -3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8.
    -4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama- deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, con- traction.
    -अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (
    -कः) One and the same fire.
    -अग्र a.
    1 fixed on one object or point only.
    -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1.
    -3 unperplexed.
    -4 known, cele- brated.
    -5 single-pointed. (
    -ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with un- divided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot.
    -अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (
    -ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration.
    -अङ्गः 1 a body-guard.
    -2 the planet Mercury or Mars.
    -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4.
    -4 Having a unique or beautiful shape.
    (-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part.
    -2 sandal wood.
    -3 the head. (
    -ङ्गौ) a married couple. (
    -ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile.
    -अञ्जलिः A handful.
    -अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood.
    -अण्डः a kind of horse.
    -अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign.
    -अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala- deva and identified with Durgā).
    -अनुदिष्ट a.
    1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (
    -ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111.
    -अन्त a.
    1 solitary, retired.
    -2 aside, apart.
    -3 directed towards one point or object only.
    -4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36.
    -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31.
    -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111.
    (-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49.
    -2 exclusiveness.
    -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7.
    -4 exclusive aim or boundary. (
    -तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (
    -तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind.
    1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27.
    -2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c.
    -3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart.
    -अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (
    -रः) a kind of fever.
    -अन्तिक a. final, conclusive.
    -अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object.
    -अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu.
    -अन्नम् one and the same food.
    (-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate.
    -2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188.
    -अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one.
    -अब्दा a heifer one year old.
    1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3.
    -2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र.
    (-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23.
    -2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11.
    -3 union of thoughts.
    -4 monotheism.
    -5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unani- mously.
    -6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9.
    -7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7.
    -अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114.
    -2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11.
    (-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention.
    -2 the same meaning.
    -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला.
    - अवम a. inferior or less by one.
    - अवयव a. made up of the same components.
    -अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first.
    -अशीतिः f. eighty-one.
    -अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5.
    -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed).
    -अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ).
    -अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (
    -लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallow- wort (Mar. रुईमांदार).
    -अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day.
    -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey.
    -आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19.
    -आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary.
    -आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन.
    -आयु a.
    1 providing the most excellent food.
    -2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5.
    -आवलिः, -ली f.
    1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1.
    -2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace- a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19.
    -आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41.
    -उक्तिः f. a single expression or word.
    -उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one.
    -उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71.
    -उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister).
    -उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent.
    -उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट.
    -ऊन a. less by one, minus one.
    -ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (
    -चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2.
    -एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43.
    (-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally.
    -श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51.
    -˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45.
    -ओघः 1 a continuous current.
    -2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55.
    -कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup.
    -कर a. (
    -री f.)
    1 doing only one thing.
    -2 (-रा) one-handed.
    -3 one-rayed.
    -कार्य a.
    1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4.
    -2 answering the same end.
    -3 having the same occu- pation. (
    -र्यम्) sole or same business.
    -कालः 1 one time.
    -2 the same time, (
    -लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time.
    -कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123.
    -कालीन a.
    1 happening once only;
    -2 Contemporary, coeval.
    -कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini.
    -कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr.
    -क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.).
    -गम्यः the supreme spirit.
    -गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (
    -रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor).
    -ग्राम a. living in the same village. (
    -मः) the same village.
    -ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13.
    -चक्र a.
    1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2.
    -2 governed by one king only. (
    -क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (
    -क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas.
    -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one.
    -चर a.
    1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā.
    -2 having one attendant.
    -3 living un- assisted.
    -4 going together or at the same time.
    -5 gregarious.
    -6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18.
    (-रः) 1 a rhinoceros.
    -2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23.
    - चरण a. having only one foot.
    -चारिन् a.
    1 living alone, solitary.
    -2 going alone or with one follower only.
    -3 An atten- dant of Buddha. (
    -णी) a loyal wife.
    -चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object.
    (-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object.
    -2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity.
    -चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object.
    -चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up.
    -चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त.
    -चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (
    -नम्) referring to in the singular number.
    -च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely.
    -च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56.
    -ज a.
    1 born alone or single.
    -2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54.
    -3 alone of its kind.
    -4 uniform, unchanging.
    -जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents.
    -जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा.
    -जन्मन् m.
    1 a king.
    -2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below.
    -जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148.
    -जाति a.
    1 once born.
    -2 belonging to the same family or caste. (
    -तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27.
    -जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2.
    -जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only.
    -ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚.
    -ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva.
    -तान a. con- centrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11.
    (-नः) 1 atten- tion fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2.
    -2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः
    -ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23.
    -तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्).
    -लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (
    -ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note.
    -तीर्थिन् a.
    1 bathing in the same holy water.
    -2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother.
    -तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow).
    -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st.
    -त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day.
    -दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever.
    -दण्डिन् m.
    1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders:-- कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita.
    -2 N. of a Vedantic school.
    -दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द).
    -दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter.
    -दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows.
    -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m.
    1 a crow.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 a philosopher.
    -दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64.
    -दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look.
    -देवः the Supreme god.
    -देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity.
    -देश a. occupying the same place.
    (-शः) 1 one spot or place.
    -2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18.
    -देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case.
    -देह, -देहिन् a.
    1 having only one body.
    -2 elegantly formed.
    (-हः) 1 the planet Mercury.
    -2 (du.) Husband and wife.
    -धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies.
    (-नम्) 1 an excellent gift.
    -2 honorific offering.
    -धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering,
    -धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a.
    1 possessing the same properties of the same kind.
    -2 professing the same religion.
    -धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a.
    1 fit for but one kind of labour.
    -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79).
    -धुरा a particular load or con- veyance.
    -नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star.
    -नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue.
    -नयनः The planet Venus.
    -नवतः ninety-first.
    -नवतिः f. ninety-one.
    -नाथ a. having one master.
    (-थः) 1 sole master or lord.
    -2 N. of an author.
    -नायकः N. of Śiva.
    -निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (
    -यः) general agreement or con- clusion, unanimity.
    -निपातः A particle which is a single word.
    -निष्ठ a.
    1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing).
    -2 intently fixed on one object.
    -नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed).
    -2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara.
    -पक्ष a.
    1 of the same side or party, an associate.
    -2 partial. (
    -क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case.
    -पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative.
    -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one.
    -पतिक a. having the same husband.
    -पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1.
    -2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158.
    -3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7.
    -पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी)
    -पद्, -पाद् a.
    1 one-footed, limping, lame.
    -2 incomplete. (
    -पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (
    -पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66
    -पद a.
    1 one-footed.
    -2 consisting of or named in one word.
    (-दम्) 1 a single step.
    -2 single or simple word.
    -3 the time required to pronounce a single word.
    -4 present time, same time;
    (-दः) 1 a man having one foot.
    -2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (
    -दे) ind. sudden- ly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (
    -दा) a verse con- sisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza.
    (-दी) 1 a woman having one foot.
    -2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7.
    -3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44.
    -पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance.
    -परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2.
    -पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā.
    -2 N. of Durgā.
    -3 a plant having one leaf only.
    -पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa.
    -पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā.
    -पाणः a single wager.
    -पात a. happening at once, sudden.
    -तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक).
    -पतिन् a.
    1 sudden.
    -2 standing alone or solitary. (
    -नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs.
    -पाद a.
    1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6.
    -2 using only one foot.
    (-दः) 1 one or single foot.
    -2 one and the same Pāda.
    -3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva.
    -पादिका a kind of posture of birds.
    -पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31.
    -पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4.
    -पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball;
    ˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity.
    -पुत्र a. having only one son.
    -पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1;
    -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7.
    -पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21.
    -प्रकार a. of the same kind.
    -प्रख्य a. singularly like.
    -प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty.
    -प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice).
    -प्रस्थः a measure.
    -प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8.
    -प्राणयोगः union in one breath.
    -बुद्धि a. having only one thought.
    -भक्त a.
    1 serving one master only.
    -2 worshipping one deity.
    -3 eating together. (
    -भूक्तम्) N. of a religi- ous ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance.
    -भक्ति a.
    1 believing in one deity.
    -2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day.
    -भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (
    -र्यः) one having one wife only.
    -भाव a. of the same or one nature.
    -2 sincerely devoted.
    -3 honest, sincerely disposed.
    (-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg.
    -2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम्
    -भूत a.
    1 being one, undivided
    -2 concentrated, closely attentive.
    -भूमः a palace having one floor.
    -भोजन, -भुक्त a.
    1 eating but one meal.
    -2 eating in common.
    -मति a.
    1 fixed on one object.
    -2 unanimous, thinking in the same way.
    -मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13.
    -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2.
    -मात्र a. of one syllable.
    -मुख a.
    1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9.
    -2 having the same aim.
    -3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23.
    -4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप).
    (-खम्) 1 gambling.
    -2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल).
    -मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15.
    -मूला = अतसी q. v.
    -यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls.
    -योनि a.
    1 uterine.
    -2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148.
    -रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका).
    -रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3.
    -रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4.
    -रस a.
    1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17.
    -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9.
    -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15.
    -4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65.
    (-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling.
    -2 the only flavour or pleasure. (
    -सम्) a drama of one sentiment.
    -राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24.
    -रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (
    -त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12.
    -रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only.
    -राशिः 1 a heap, crowd.
    -2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together.
    -रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162.
    -रूप a.
    1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55.
    -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2.
    (-पम्) 1 one form or kind;
    -2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2.
    -रूप्य a. formed or arising from one.
    -लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only.
    -2 N. of Kubera. (
    -ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak.
    -वचनम् the singular number.
    -वर्ण a.
    1 of one colour.
    -2 identical, same.
    -3 of one tribe or caste.
    -4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण).
    (-र्णः) 1 one form.
    -2 a Brāhmaṇa.
    -3 a word of one syllable.
    -4 a superior caste. (
    -र्णी) beating time, the instru- ment (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity.
    -वर्णिक a.
    1 of one colour.
    -2 of one caste.
    -वर्षिका a heifer one year old.
    -वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (
    -स्त्रम्) a single garment.
    -वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37.
    -वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5.
    -वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2.
    ˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8.
    -वाचक a. Synonymous.
    -वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ).
    -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism.
    -वारम्, -वारे ind.
    1 only once.
    -2 at once, suddenly.
    -3 at one time.
    -वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment.
    -वासा A woman; Nigh.
    -विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (
    -शः) the Ekaviṁśa- ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2.
    -विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37.
    -कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224.
    -विंशतिः f. twentyone.
    -विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12.
    -विध a. of one kind; simple.
    -विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि.
    -विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view).
    -वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48.
    -रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity.
    -वृक्षः 1 one tree.
    -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas.
    -वृत f. heaven.
    -वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat.
    -2 one heap or collection.
    -वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number.
    -वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her hus- band &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21.
    -वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176.
    -व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession.
    -व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school.
    -शत a. 11 st. (
    -तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6.
    -शक a. whole-hoofed. (
    -फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119.
    -शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity).
    -शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consan- guineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consangui- nity by the union of father and mother.
    -शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17.
    -शाख a. having one branch. (
    -खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school.
    -शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13.
    -शाला A single hall or room; (
    -लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P.
    -शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6.
    -शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (
    -ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant.
    -शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24.
    -शृङ्ग a. having only one horn.
    (-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros.
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -3 a class of Pitṛis.
    -4 a mountain having one top.
    -शेपः a tree having one root.
    -शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c.
    -श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once.
    -श्रुतिः f.
    1 monotony.
    -2 the neutral accentless tone. (
    -ति) ind. in a monotonous manner.
    -श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command.
    -षष्ट a. sixty-first.
    -षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first.
    -संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29.
    -सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first.
    -सप्ततिः f. seventy-one.
    -सभम् a common place of meeting.
    -सर्ग a. closely attentive. (
    -र्गः) concentration.
    -सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127.
    -साक्षिक a. witnessed by one.
    -सार्थम् ind. together, in one company.
    -सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू).
    -स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony.
    -स्थ a.
    1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16.
    -2 close-standing, standing side by side.
    -3 collected, combined.
    -स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5.
    -2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53.
    -हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11.
    -हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (
    -नी) a heifer one year old. (
    -नम्) the period of one year.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > लॄ _lॄ

  • 31 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 32 payer

    payer [peje]
    ➭ TABLE 8
    1. transitive verb
       a. [+ facture, dette] to pay
       b. [+ employé] to pay ; [+ tueur] to hire
    • être payé par chèque/en espèces/en nature to be paid by cheque/in cash/in kind
    • il est payé pour le savoir ! (figurative) he should know!
       c. [+ travail, maison, marchandise] to pay for
    • il m'a fait payer 50 € he charged me 50 euros
       d. ( = offrir) payer qch à qn to buy sth for sb
       e. ( = récompenser) to reward
       f. ( = expier) [+ faute, crime] to pay for
    • il me le paiera ! (en menace) he'll pay for this!
    2. intransitive verb
       a. [effort, tactique] to pay off ; [métier] to be well-paid
    3. reflexive verb
    ► se payer ( = s'offrir) [+ objet] to treat o.s. to
    • se payer la tête de qn ( = ridiculiser) to make fun of sb ; ( = tromper) to take sb for a ride (inf)
    * * *
    peje
    1.
    1) ( régler) to pay for [achat, travail]; to pay, to settle [facture]; to pay [somme]

    être payé avec un lance-pierres — (colloq) to be paid peanuts (colloq)

    2) ( s'acquitter envers) to pay [employé]

    il est payé pour le savoir! — fig he knows that to his cost!

    3) (colloq) ( offrir)
    4) ( subir des conséquences) to pay for [faute, imprudence]
    5) ( compenser) to cover

    2.
    verbe intransitif
    1) ( rapporter) [efforts, peine, sacrifice] to pay off; [profession, activité] to pay
    2) (colloq) ( prêter à rire) to look funny

    3.
    se payer verbe pronominal
    1) ( être payable) [service, marchandise] to have to be paid for; [personne, salaire] to have to be paid
    2) (colloq) ( à soi-même) to treat oneself to [voyage, dîner]; hum to get [rhume, mauvaise note]; to get landed with [travail, importun]
    ••

    se payer du bon temps — (colloq) to have a good time

    se payer la tête (colloq) de quelqu'un — ( se moquer) to take the mickey (colloq) out of somebody GB, to razz (colloq) somebody US; ( duper) to take somebody for a ride

    * * *
    peje
    1. vt
    1) [créancier, employé] to pay

    Elle a été payée aujourd'hui. — She got paid today.

    2) [loyer, cotisation] to pay
    3) [achat, réparations] to pay for

    J'ai payé ce T-shirt quinze francs. — I paid 15 euros for this T-shirt.

    payer cher qch — to pay a lot for sth, fig, [faute] to pay dearly for sth

    faire payer quelque chose à quelqu'un — to charge somebody for something, fig (= se venger) to make sb pay for sth

    Il me l'a fait payer 10 euros. — He charged me 10 euros for it.

    4) (= offrir)

    Allez, je vous paye un verre. — Come on, I'll buy you a drink.

    2. vi
    1) [personne] to pay
    2) (= rapporter de l'argent) [métier] to pay, to be well-paid

    Son métier paye bien. — His job pays good money.

    3) [effort, tactique] to pay off

    Leurs bureaux ne paient pas de mine. — Their offices don't look like they're up to much.

    * * *
    payer verb table: payer
    A vtr
    1 ( régler) to pay for [article, billet, achat, travail, service]; to pay, to settle [facture, note, dette]; to pay [somme, impôt, intérêt, salaire]; combien as-tu payé le livre? how much did you pay for the book?; payer le gaz/téléphone to pay the gas/phone○ bill; elle m'a payé le loyer/une matinée de travail she paid me the rent/for a morning's work; payer 500 euros de loyer to pay 500 euros in rent; payer 200 euros de fournitures to pay 200 euros for the materials; il m'a payé le terrain 100 000 euros he paid me 100,000 euros for the land; j'ai payé le vendeur I paid the shop assistant GB ou salesclerk US; il m'a fait payer 2 euros/la ficelle he charged me 2 euros/for the string; travail bien/mal payé well-/poorly-paid job; payer par chèque/carte de crédit to pay by cheque GB ou check US/credit card; être payé à coups de pied dans les fesses○ or avec un lance-pierres to be paid peanuts○;
    2 ( s'acquitter envers) to pay, to settle up with [fournisseur, artisan]; to pay [employé]; payer l'entrepreneur to settle up with ou pay the builder; payer qn pour faire or pour qu'il fasse to pay sb to do; je ne suis pas payé pour ça! that's not what I'm paid to do!; être payé à ne rien faire to be paid for doing nothing; payer qn de ses services to pay sb for their services; avoir du mal à se faire payer to have trouble getting paid; être payé à l'heure/à l'année to be paid on an hourly/annual basis; être trop/trop peu payé to be overpaid/underpaid; ça ne paie pas son homme! it's a poorly-paid job; il est payé pour le savoir! fig he knows that to his cost!;
    3 ○( offrir) payer qch à qn to buy sb sth; payer un verre or à boire à qn to buy sb a drink; payer l'avion à qn to pay for sb's plane ticket; viens, je te paie le restaurant come on, I'll treat you to a meal;
    4 ( subir des conséquences) to pay for [faute, imprudence]; payer cher sa réussite/d'avoir hésité to pay dearly for one's success/for dithering; tu me le paieras (cher)! you'll pay for this!, I'll make you pay for this!; payer de sa vie to pay with one's life; il a payé sa témérité de sa vie his rashness cost him his life; payer pour les autres to take the rap○, to carry the can○ for the others;
    5 ( compenser) to cover; ça me paie mon loyer it covers the ou my rent; leur réussite la paie de tous ses sacrifices their success makes all her sacrifices worthwhile.
    B vi
    1 ( récompenser) [efforts, peine, sacrifice] to pay off;
    2 ( rapporter) [profession, activité] to pay; c'est un métier qui paie bien it's a job that pays well; c'est un métier qui paie mal it's not a job that pays well;
    3 ○( prêter à rire) to look funny ou comical; il payait dans son imitation du patron he did a funny imitation of the boss.
    C se payer vpr
    1 ( être payable) [service, marchandise] to have to be paid for; [personne, salaire] to have to be paid;
    2 ○( à soi-même) to treat oneself to [voyage, dîner etc]; iron to get [rhume, mauvaise note]; to get landed with [travail, importun]; se payer une cuite○ to get plastered○; se payer qn◑ ( lui régler son compte) to give sb what for○; ( coucher avec) to bed sb○, to have it off with sb◑; se payer un mur/arbre○ to crash into a wall/tree; se payer un piéton○ to knock down ou to slam○ a pedestrian;
    3 ( prendre son dû) payez-vous sur ce billet take what I owe you out of this note GB ou bill US.
    payer qn de promesses/belles paroles to fob sb off with promises/fine words; se payer de mots to talk a lot of hot air○; se payer d'illusions to delude oneself; se payer du bon temps○ to have a good time; se payer la tête○ or la gueule◑ or la tronche◑ de qn ( se moquer) to take the piss◑ out of sb, to take the mickey○ out of sb GB, to razz sb US; ( duper) to take sb for a ride; il aime sa femme et il est bien payé de retour he loves his wife and she returns his love; il me déteste et il est payé de retour he hates me and the feeling's mutual; il a payé de sa personne it cost him dear.
    [peje] verbe transitif
    1. [solder, régler] to pay
    payer comptant/à crédit to pay cash/by credit
    je paye par chèque/avec ma carte de crédit/en liquide I'll pay by cheque/with my credit card/(in) cash
    c'est moi qui paie [l'addition] I'll pay, it's my treat
    2. [rémunérer] to pay
    3. [acheter - repas, voyage] to pay for
    combien as-tu payé ta maison? how much did your house cost you?, how much did you pay for your house?
    4. [obtenir au prix d'un sacrifice]
    5. [subir les conséquences de] to pay for (inseparable)
    vous êtes coupable, vous devez payer you're guilty, you're going to pay
    6. [dédommager] to compensate, to repay
    7. [acheter - criminel] to hire ; [ - témoin] to buy (off)
    8. [compenser] to pay
    la prime d'assurance ne paie pas complètement le remplacement de la voiture the insurance premium does not cover you for full reimbursement of the car
    9. [être soumis à - taxe]
    certaines marchandises paient un droit de douane you have to pay duty on some goods, some goods are liable to duty
    ————————
    [peje] verbe intransitif
    1. [être profitable] to pay
    c'est un travail qui paie mal it's badly paid work, it's not a well paid job
    2. (familier) [prêter à rire] to be ou to look a sight
    ne pas payer de mine: la maison ne paie pas de mine, mais elle est confortable the house isn't much to look at ou the house doesn't look much but it's very comfortable
    a. [s'exposer au danger] to put oneself on the line
    b. [se donner du mal] to put in a lot of effort
    ————————
    se payer verbe pronominal (emploi réfléchi)
    tenez, payez-vous here, take what I owe you
    ————————
    se payer verbe pronominal
    ————————
    se payer verbe pronominal transitif
    2. (familier) [être chargé de] to be landed ou saddled with
    3. (familier) [recevoir] to get, to land (UK)
    4. (familier) [supporter] to put up with
    on s'est payé leurs gosses pendant tout le week-end we had to put up with ou we were lumbered with their kids the whole weekend
    5. (familier) [percuter] to run ou to bump into
    6. (familier) [agresser] to go for
    celui-là, à la prochaine réunion, je me le paie I'll have his guts for garters (UK) ou his head on a platter (US) at the next meeting
    7. (très familier) [avoir une relation sexuelle avec] to have (très familier), to have it off with (très familier & UK)

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > payer

  • 33 anima

    ănĭma, ae, f. ( gen. animāï, Lucr. 1, 112; 3, 150 et saep.; cf. Neue, Formenl. I. p. 12; Lachm. ad Lucr. 1, 29; dat. and abl. plur. regul. animis, Cic. Fam. 14, 14; Lact. Inst. 6, 20, 19; 7, 2, 1; Arn. 2, 18; 2, 30; 2, 33; Aug. Civ. Dei, 13, 18; 13, 19; id. Ver. Relig. 22, 43:

    animabus, only in eccl. and later Lat.,

    Vulg. Exod. 30, 12; ib. Psa. 77, 18; ib. Matt. 11, 29; ib. Heb. 13, 17 et saep.; Tert. adv. Marc. 4, 34; id. Anim. 33 al.; Aug. Civ. Dei, 19, 23; Prud. c. Symm. 1, 531; Aus. Rer. Odyss. 11; Serv. ad Verg. A. 6, 136 al.; Neue, Formenl. I. p. 29) [v. animus], pr. that which blows or breathes; hence,
    I.
    Lit., air, a current of air, a breeze, wind (mostly poet.):

    ne quid animae forte amittat dormiens,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 4, 23 sq.: vela ventorum animae immittere, Att. ap. Non. p. 234, 9 (Trag. Rel. p. 137 Rib.):

    aurarum leves animae,

    Lucr. 5, 236:

    prece quaesit Ventorum pavidus paces animasque secundas,

    he anxiously implores a lull in the winds and a favoring breeze, id. 5, 1229:

    impellunt animae lintea,

    Hor. C. 4, 12, 2:

    Ne dubites quin haec animaï turbida sit vis,

    Lucr. 6, 693: Quantum ignes animaeque [p. 121] valent (of the wind in the workshop of Vulcan), Verg. A. 8, 403.—Also of a flame of fire (blowing like the air): noctilucam tollo, ad focum fero, inflo; anima reviviscit, Varr. ap. Non. p. 234, 5.—
    II.
    Transf.
    A.
    In gen., the air, as an element, like fire, water, and earth (mostly poet.): aqua, terra, anima et sol, Enn. ap. Varr. R. R. 1, 4, 1:

    qui quattuor ex rebus posse omnia rentur, Ex igni, terrā atque animā, procrescere et imbri,

    Lucr. 1, 715:

    ut, quem ad modum ignis animae, sic anima aquae, quodque anima aquae, id aqua terrae proportione redderet. Earum quattuor rerum etc.,

    Cic. Tim. 5:

    utrum (animus) sit ignis, an anima, an sanguis,

    id. Ac. 2, 39, 124:

    si anima est (animus), fortasse dissipabitur,

    id. Tusc. 1, 1, 24; 1, 25, 6:

    si deus aut anima aut ignis est, idem est animus hominis,

    id. ib. 1, 26, 65:

    animus ex inflammatā animā constat, ut potissimum videri video Panaetio,

    id. ib. 1, 18, 42:

    Semina terrarumque animaeque,

    Verg. E. 6, 32.—
    B.
    The air inhaled and exhaled, breath (concr.); while spiritus denotes orig. breathing (abstr.; very freq. in prose and poetry); cf. Cic. N. D. 2, 54, 136:

    excipiat animam eam, quae ducta sit spiritu,

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 44:

    animam compressi, aurem admovi,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 6, 28 Ruhnk.:

    animam recipe,

    take breath, id. Ad. 3, 2, 26:

    cum spiritus ejus (sc. Demosthenis) esset angustior, tantum continendā animā in dicendo est assecutus, ut, etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 61, 261:

    ne circuitus ipse verborum sit longior quam vires atque anima patiatur,

    id. ib. 3, 49, 191; 3, 46, 181; id. N. D. 2, 54, 136: fetida anima nasum oppugnat, Titin. ap. Non. p. 233, 5 (Com. Rel. p. 136 Rib.); Caecil. ib. 9:

    qui non modo animum integrum, sed ne animam quidem puram conservare potuisset,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 58: animas et olentia Medi Ora fovent illo, with this the Medes correct their breath, etc., Verg. G. 2, 134:

    respiramen iterque Eripiunt animae,

    Ov. M. 12, 143; cf. id. F. 1, 425:

    animae gravitas,

    bad smell of the breath, Plin. 20, 9, 35, § 91; cf. id. 11, 37, 72, § 188; 22, 25, 64, § 132 al.:

    artavit clusitque animam,

    Luc. 4, 370; so Tac. A. 6, 50:

    spes illorum abominatio animae,

    Vulg. Job, 11, 20.—Of breath exhaled:

    inspirant graves animas,

    Ov. M. 4, 498.— Of the air breathed into a musical instrument, a breath of air, Varr. ap. Non. p. 233. 13.—Since air is a necessary condition of life,
    C.
    1.. The vital principle, the breath of life:

    animus est, quo sapimus, anima, quā vivimus,

    Non. p. 426, 27 (hence anima denotes the animal principle of life, in distinction from animus, the spiritual, reasoning, willing principle; very freq. in Lucr. and class.): Mater est terra, ea parit corpus, animam aether adjugat, Pac. ap. Non. p. 75, 11 (Trag. Rel. p. 88 Rib.):

    tunc cum primis ratione sagaci, Unde anima atque animi constet natura, videndum,

    whence spring life and the nature of the mind, Lucr. 1, 131; 3, 158 sq.; so id. 3, 417 sq.; 3, 565; 3, 705; 2, 950; 4, 922; 4, 944; 4, 959; 6, 798; 6, 1223;

    6, 1233 et saep.: deus totus est sensuus, totus visuus, totus audituus, totus animae, totus animi, totus sui,

    Plin. 2, 7, 5, § 14 Jan:

    quaedam (animantia) animum habent, quaedam tantum animam,

    Sen. Ep. 58:

    anima omnis carnis in sanguine est,

    Vulg. Lev. 17, 14 al. —Hence,
    2.
    In gen., life:

    cum anima corpus liquerit,

    Att. Trag. Rel. p. 214 Rib.:

    Animae pauxillulum in me habet,

    Naev. Com. Rel. p. 14 Rib.: Date ferrum, quī me animā privem, Enn. ap. Non. p. 474, 31 (Trag. Rel. p. 37 Rib.): me dicabo atque animam devōvo (i. e. devovero) hostibus, Att. ap. Non. p. 98, 12 (Trag. Rel. p. 283 Rib.):

    conficit animam vis volneris,

    Att. Trag. Rel. p. 209 Rib.:

    adimere animam,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 137; so id. Men. 5, 5, 7:

    exstinguere,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 2, 16:

    relinquere,

    id. ib. 3, 4, 52:

    edere,

    Cic. Sest. 38:

    de vestrā vitā, de conjugum vestrarum ac liberorum animā judicandum est,

    id. Cat. 4, 9, 18:

    si tibi omnia sua praeter animam tradidit,

    id. Rosc. Am. 50:

    libertas et anima nostra in dubio est,

    Sall. C. 52, 6:

    pauci, quibus relicta est anima, clausi in tenebris, etc.,

    id. J. 14, 15; cf.

    retinere,

    id. ib. 31, 20:

    de manu viri et fratris ejus requiram animam hominis,

    Vulg. Gen. 9, 5; ib. Matt. 2, 20; ib. 1 Cor. 14, 7:

    animam agere,

    to give up the ghost, to die, Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 19;

    so also efflare,

    to expire, id. ib.; id. Mil. 18 fin.; Suet. Aug. 99; so,

    exhalare,

    Ov. M. 15, 528; and, exspirare, id. ib. 5, 106 (cf. in Gr. thumon apopneein, psuchên ekpneein, bion apopsuchein, etc.):

    deponere,

    Nep. Hann. 1, 3:

    ponere,

    Vulg. Joan. 10, 17; 13, 27:

    amittere,

    Lucr. 6, 1233:

    emittere,

    Nep. Epam. 9, 3 Br. (so in Gr. aphienai tên psuchên):

    proicere,

    Verg. A. 6, 436:

    purpuream vomit ille animam, said of a wounded man,

    id. ib. 9, 349.—In Vulg. Matt. 16, 25 and 26, anima in v. 25 seems to pass to the higher meaning, soul, (cf. infra, II. D.) in v. 26, as hê psuchê in the original also can do.— Poet.:

    anima amphorae,

    the fumes of wine, Phaedr. 3, 1: Ni ego illi puteo, si occepso, animam omnem intertraxero, draw up all the life of that well, i. e. draw it dry, Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 41.— Trop.:

    corpus imperii unius praesidis nutu, quasi animā et mente, regeretur,

    Flor. 4, 3:

    accentus quasi anima vocis est,

    Pompon. p. 67 Lind.—Prov.: animam debere, to owe life itself, of one deeply in debt:

    quid si animam debet?

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 56 (Graecum proverbium: kai autên tên psuchên opheilei, Don.).—Metaph., applied to plants and other things possessing organic life, Sen. Ep. 58; so Plin. 17, 21, 35, § 152; 31, 1, 1, § 3; 14, 1, 3, § 16 al.—
    3.
    Meton., a creature endowed with anima, a living being: ova parere solet genu' pennis condecoratum, non animam, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 5, 10, 18:

    hi (deos) fibris animāque litant,

    Stat. Th. 2, 246; Vulg. Gen. 2, 7; ib. Josh. 11, 11; ib. Luc. 9, 56; ib. Act. 2, 43 et saep.:

    animae rationis expertes,

    Lact. 3, 8.—So esp. of men (as we also say souls for persons; poet. or in post-Aug. prose):

    egregias animas, quae sanguine nobis Hanc patriam peperere suo, etc.,

    Verg. A. 11, 24:

    animae quales nec candidiores, etc.,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 41; Luc. 5, 322:

    vos Treveri et ceterae servientium animae,

    ministering spirits, Tac. H. 4, 32.—So in enumerations in eccl. Lat.:

    hos genuit Jacob sedecim animas,

    Vulg. Gen. 46, 18; 46, 22; ib. Act. 2, 41; 7, 14.—Of slaves (eccl. Lat.):

    merces animarum hominum,

    Vulg. Apoc. 18, 13 (after the use of hê psuchê and). —Hence, also, souls separated from the body, the shades of the Lower World, manes: Unde (ex Averno) animae excitantur, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 16, 37:

    tu pias laetis animas reponis Sedibus,

    Hor. C. 1, 10, 17; cf. id. S. 1, 8, 29:

    animamque sepulcro Condimus,

    Verg. A. 3, 67; Ov. M. 7, 612; so id. ib. 8, 488; 10, 41; 14, 411; 15, 158; Suet. Caes. 88; so,

    vita: tenuīs sine corpore vitas volitare,

    Verg. A. 6, 292.—So in eccl. Lat. of departed spirits:

    timete eum, qui potest animam et corpus perdere in Gehennam,

    Vulg. Matt. 10, 28 bis:

    non derelinques animam meam in Inferno,

    ib. Act. 2, 27; ib. Apoc. 6, 9; 20, 4.—
    4.
    As expressive of love:

    vos, meae carissimae animae,

    my dearest souls, Cic. Fam. 14, 14; 14, 18:

    Pro quā non metuam mori, Si parcent animae fata superstiti,

    the dear surviving life, Hor. C. 3, 9, 12; cf.:

    animae dimidium meae,

    id. ib. 1, 3, 8:

    meae pars animae,

    id. ib. 2, 17, 5.—
    D.
    Sometimes for animus, as the rational soul of man.
    a.
    The mind as the seat of thought (cf. animus, II. A.):

    anima rationis consiliique particeps,

    Cic. N.D.1, 31, 87:

    causa in animā sensuque meo penitus affixa atque insita,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 53:

    ingenii facinora, sicut anima, immortalia sunt,

    Sall. J. 2, 2.—So often in eccl. Lat.:

    ad te Domine, levavi animam meam,

    Vulg. Psa. 24, 1; 102, 1; 118, 129:

    magnificat anima mea Dominum,

    ib. Luc. 1, 46; ib. Act. 15, 24 al.—
    b.
    As the seat of feeling (cf. animus, II. B.): sapimus animo, fruimur animā: sine animo anima est debilis, Att. ap. Non. p. 426, 29 (Trag. Rel. p. 175 Rib.):

    desiderat anima mea ad te, Deus,

    Vulg. Psa. 41, 2:

    tristis est anima mea,

    ib. Matt. 26, 38; ib. Joan. 10, 27 et saep.—
    E.
    For consciousness (cf. animus, II. A. 3. and conscientia, II. A.):

    cum perhibetur animam liquisse,

    Lucr. 3, 598; in this phrase animus is more common.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > anima

  • 34 Zahlung

    Zahlung f 1. FIN satisfaction (Schuld); 2. GEN clearance, payment, PYT, settlement • eine Zahlung aufschieben RW defer payment • eine Zahlung einziehen FIN collect a payment • eine Zahlung zurückverfolgen BANK trace a payment • gegen Zahlung GEN against payment • gegen Zahlung erhalten FIN receive versus payment • in Zahlung geben BÖRSE, GEN trade in • in Zahlung nehmen GEN (infrml) take in • ohne Zahlung keine Leistung VERSICH pay-as-paid policy • Zahlung aussetzen GEN, SOZ suspend payment • Zahlung einstellen GEN stop payment, suspend payment
    * * *
    f 1. < Finanz> Schuld satisfaction; 2. < Geschäft> clearance, payment (PYT), settlement ■ eine Zahlung aufschieben < Rechnung> defer payment ■ eine Zahlung einziehen < Finanz> collect a payment ■ eine Zahlung zurückverfolgen < Bank> trace a payment ■ gegen Zahlung < Geschäft> against payment ■ gegen Zahlung erhalten < Finanz> receive versus payment ■ in Zahlung geben <Börse, Geschäft> trade in ■ in Zahlung nehmen < Geschäft> take in infrml ■ ohne Zahlung keine Leistung < Versich> pay-as-paid policy
    * * *
    Zahlung
    payment, paying, scot, (Schulden) discharge, liquidation, settlement, clearance;
    • an Zahlungs statt for value, in lieu of payment;
    • gegen bare Zahlung for current payment;
    • gegen Zahlung eines Betrages in consideration of the payment of a sum;
    • gegen Zahlung der Gebühren upon payment of charges;
    • gegen Zahlung einer Lizenzgebühr on a royalty basis;
    • mangels Zahlung failing payment, for want (on default, in default) of payment;
    • mangels Zahlung protestiert protested for non-payment;
    • vorbehaltlich der Zahlung payment provided;
    • zur Zahlung aufgefordert called upon to pay;
    • abschlägige Zahlung payment on account, instalment;
    • laufend anfallende Zahlungen periodic payments;
    • anteilige Zahlung prorata payment;
    • aufgeschobene Zahlung deferred payment (US);
    • außerordentliche Zahlung extra payment;
    • außertarifliche Zahlungen payments over and above;
    • ausstehende Zahlungen outstanding debts, arrears, accounts receivables (US);
    • avisierte Zahlungen amounts advised;
    • bargeldlose Zahlung money transfer, cashless payment (US);
    • eingegangene Zahlungen payments received;
    • einmalige Zahlung single sum (payment), lump-sum payment;
    • elektronische Zahlungen electronic payments;
    • endgültige Zahlung direct payment;
    • erzwungene Zahlung compulsory payment;
    • fällige [fristgerechte] Zahlungen due payments;
    • fingierte Zahlung fictitious (sham) payments;
    • fristgemäße Zahlung payment in due time;
    • geleistete Zahlungen payments made;
    • nicht geleistete Zahlungen delinquent payments;
    • nach Steuerabzug geleistete Zahlungen franked payments (Br.);
    • degressiv gestaffelte Zahlungen gradually decreasing payments;
    • zeitlich gestaffelte Zahlungen staggered payments;
    • gestundete Zahlung deferred payment (US);
    • grenzüberschreitende Zahlungen cross-border payments;
    • jährliche Zahlung annuity;
    • kapitalähnliche Zahlung payment of a capital nature;
    • körperschaftssteuerfreie Zahlungen franked payments (Br.);
    • laufende Zahlungen current (regular) payments;
    • massierte Zahlungen block of payments;
    • monatliche Zahlung monthly payment;
    • multilaterale Zahlung multilateral payment;
    • nachträgliche Zahlung further (additional) payment;
    • zu niedrige Zahlung underpayment;
    • ordnungsgemäße Zahlung payment in due course;
    • periodische Zahlungen periodic[al] payments;
    • prompte Zahlung prompt payment;
    • proratarische Zahlung progress payment;
    • pünktliche Zahlung punctual payment;
    • regelmäßige Zahlungen periodic[al] payments;
    • rechtzeitige Zahlung due payments;
    • rückständige Zahlungen [payment in] arrears, overdue payment;
    • schnelle Zahlung prompt payment;
    • sofortige Zahlung cash (immediate, prompt) payment, spot [cash];
    • steuerfreie Zahlung tax-free payment;
    • telegrafische Zahlung telegraphic money order, cable transfer;
    • terminbedingte Zahlungen payments owed on fixed days;
    • überfällige Zahlung overdue payment;
    • übertarifliche Zahlungen payments in excess of standard rates;
    • unpünktliche Zahlungen irregular payments;
    • unregelmäßige Zahlungen irregular payments;
    • verspätete Zahlung delayed payment;
    • vertragsgemäße Zahlungen money paid hereunder;
    • verweigerte Zahlung payment refused;
    • vierteljährliche Zahlungen quarterly payments, (Dividenden) quarterly disbursements;
    • vollständige Zahlung payment in full;
    • vorbehaltlose Zahlung direct payment;
    • vorherige Zahlung advance (anticipated, US) payment;
    • widerrufene Zahlung countermand payment;
    • [regelmäßig] wiederkehrende Zahlungen periodical (regular, revolving) payments;
    • wöchentliche Zahlung weekly payment;
    • zurückgestellte Zahlung postponed payment;
    • Zahlung auf Abruf payment on demand;
    • Zahlung ohne Anerkennung einer Rechtspflicht ex gratia payment;
    • Zahlung bei Auftragserteilung cash with order;
    • Zahlung gegen Aushändigung der [Verschiffungs]dokumente payment against documents;
    • Zahlung durch eine Bank banker’s payment;
    • Zahlung im internen Bankverkehr interbank payments;
    • Zahlung in bar payment in cash (ready money);
    • Zahlung nach Belieben payment as you feel inclined;
    • Zahlung in Devisen foreign payment;
    • Zahlung gegen Dokumente cash against documents;
    • Zahlung zugunsten eines Dritten payment on behalf of a third party;
    • Zahlung ehrenhalber payment for hono(u)r;
    • Zahlung bei Eingang der Waren payment must be made upon delivery of the goods;
    • Zahlung eingestellt payment stopped;
    • Zahlung erfolgt gleichzeitig per Post payment is in the mail (US);
    • Zahlung erhalten paid, received;
    • Zahlungen in Euro payments in euro;
    • Zahlung bei Fälligkeit payment when due;
    • Zahlung vor Fälligkeit anticipated payment (US), anticipation of payment;
    • freiwillige (symbolische) Zahlung des Gemeinschuldners voluntary payment [of a bankrupt];
    • Zahlungen an Geschäftsgläubiger payments to outside creditors;
    • Zahlung gesperrt (Scheck) payment countermanded;
    • Zahlung in Gold specie payment;
    • Zahlungen aus dem Kapital principal payments;
    • Zahlung gegen Kasse payment in cash;
    • Zahlung bei Kaufabschluss payment on completion of purchase;
    • Zahlung mit rückwirkender Kraft retroactive payment;
    • Zahlungen mittels Kreditkarte transactions using bank (credit) cards;
    • Zahlung bei Lieferung cash on delivery;
    • sofortige Zahlung bei Lieferung spot cash;
    • Zahlung gegen Nachnahme cash (Br.) (collect[ion], US) on delivery;
    • Zahlung zum Parikurs parity payment;
    • Zahlung gleichzeitig per Post payment is in the mail (US);
    • Zahlung auf dem Postwege remittance by post;
    • Zahlung in Raten payment by instal(l)ments, instal(l)ment payment;
    • Zahlung in bequemen Raten easy payments;
    • Zahlung gegen offene Rechnung clean payment;
    • Zahlungen mit dem Recht der Steuereinbehaltung payments within the charge;
    • Zahlung in Sachwerten payment in kind;
    • Zahlung mittels Scheck payment by cheque (Br.) (check, US);
    • grenzüberschreitende Zahlungen per Scheck international payment transactions by cheque;
    • Zahlungen zwecks Stützung von Agrarpreisen farm-prices support payments;
    • Zahlung sofort cash terms [of sale], spot;
    • Zahlung aufgrund arglistiger Täuschung (Drohung) involuntary payment;
    • Zahlungen aufgrund einer Trennungsvereinbarung payments made under a separation agreement;
    • Zahlungen für Überstunden overtime pay;
    • Zahlungen aufgrund einer gerichtlichen Verfügung court-order payments;
    • Zahlung auf Verlangen payment upon request;
    • Zahlung ohne Verpflichtung gratuitous payment;
    • Zahlung am Vierteljahresultimo (Zinsen) quarterly disbursement (payment);
    • Zahlung im Voraus anticipated payment (US);
    • Zahlung unter Vorbehalt payment under reserve;
    • Zahlung durch Wechsel payment by way of a bill;
    • Zahlung bei Wechselvorlage payment on demand;
    • Zahlung zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt deferred payment (US);
    • Zahlung von Zinsen und Lizenzgebühren payment of interest and royalties;
    • Zahlung einer Zusatzsteuer surtax payment;
    • Zahlungen für wohltätige Zwecke payments to charity;
    • Zahlung ablehnen to decline (refuse) payment;
    • Zahlung annehmen to accept payment;
    • an Zahlungs Statt annehmen to take in (for value);
    • Etattitel zur Zahlung anweisen to pass an account for payment;
    • zur Zahlung auffordern to demand (request) payment;
    • mit der Zahlung aufhören to terminate (put off) payment;
    • Zahlung wieder aufnehmen to resume payment;
    • Zahlung aufschieben to postpone (defer, delay) payment;
    • Zahlung ausführen to effect payment;
    • Zahlung einzeln ausführen to execute a payment order individually;
    • Zahlung vorübergehend aussetzen (einstellen) to suspend payment;
    • Zahlung beitreiben to exact payment, to collect debts;
    • Zahlung gerichtlich beitreiben to enforce payment by legal proceedings;
    • Zahlung bescheinigen to receipt a payment;
    • auf Zahlung bestehen to insist on payment;
    • auf sofortiger Zahlung bestehen to demand prompt payment;
    • Zahlung zur Begleichung einer bestimmten Schuld bestimmen to apply a payment to a particular debt;
    • mit der Zahlung im Rückstand bleiben to default on one’s payment;
    • auf Zahlung drängen to press for payment;
    • Zahlung in Dollars durchführen to settle payment in dollars;
    • seine Zahlungen einhalten to keep payments, to keep up one’s credit;
    • Zahlungen nicht einhalten to default;
    • Zahlung eines Wechsels einklagen to sue on a bill;
    • Wechsel zur Zahlung einreichen to tender a bill for discount;
    • [seine] Zahlungen einstellen to stop payments, to default, to become (declare o. s.) insolvent, to suspend (cease) payment of one’s debts, to fail, to waddle out of the alley (Br. sl.), (Bank) to cease (stop) payment;
    • Zahlungen eintreiben to exact payment;
    • Zahlungen entgegennehmen to receive payments;
    • sich einer Zahlung entziehen to evade payment;
    • Zahlung erleichtern to facilitate payment;
    • Zahlung in Euro erleichtern to make payment in euros easier;
    • Zahlung von jem. erzwingen to compel s. o. to pay;
    • vierteljährliche Zahlungen festsetzen to stipulate that payment should be quarterly;
    • Waren gegen Zahlung freigeben to release goods against payment;
    • Zahlung garantieren to guarantee payment;
    • in Zahlung geben to deliver in payment, to trade in (US), to give in payment (Louisiana);
    • mit seinen Zahlungen in Rückstand geraten to fall behind with one’s payments;
    • mit den Zahlungen in Verzug geraten to default [in payment];
    • mit der Zahlung eines Wechsels in Verzug geraten to default in paying a note;
    • zu zusätzlichen Zahlungen heranziehen to assess for additional payment;
    • zur Zahlung hereingeben to lodge for payment;
    • Zahlung hinausschieben to delay (defer, postpone) payment;
    • j. mit der Zahlung hinhalten to keep s. o. waiting for funds;
    • auf Zahlung klagen to sue for payment;
    • mit den Zahlungen in Verzug kommen to default on one’s payment;
    • Zahlung leisten to make (effect, carry out) payment, to pay;
    • einmalige Zahlung leisten to commute;
    • steuerabzugsfähige Zahlungen leisten to make payments under deduction of tax;
    • Zahlung vor Fälligkeit leisten to anticipate payment;
    • in Zahlung nehmen to receive (accept) in payment;
    • Auto teilweise in Zahlung nehmen to take a car in part exchange;
    • Zahlung auf der Rückseite eines Kreditbriefes notieren to record a payment on the reverse side of a letter of credit;
    • Wechsel mangels Zahlung protestieren to protest a bill for non-payment;
    • Zahlung quittieren to receipt a payment;
    • mit seinen Zahlungen im Rückstand sein to be behind in (behindhand with, in arrears with) one’s payments;
    • mit einer Zahlung in Verzug sein to delay in making payment;
    • Zahlung sicherstellen to secure payment;
    • Zahlung sistieren to stop payments;
    • Zahlung stunden to grant (allow) a respite, to grant a delay for payment, to extend the terms of payment;
    • als Zahlung einen Scheck übersenden to send a cheque (Br.) (check, US) in settlement;
    • Zahlung verbuchen to enter an item in the ledger;
    • vierteljährliche Zahlungen vereinbaren to stipulate that payment should be quarterly;
    • Zahlungen auf Goldbasis vereinbaren to stipulate payments in gold;
    • Zahlung verlangen to request payment;
    • Zahlung Zug um Zug verlangen to require payment on delivery;
    • konzerninterne Zahlungen zeitlich verschieben to delay intra-group payments;
    • Zahlungen auf mehrere Jahre verteilen to space (spread) payments over several years;
    • zur Zahlung eines hohen Schadenersatzes verurteilen to award heavy damages;
    • Zahlung verweigern to refuse payment;
    • Zahlungen zur Verkürzung von Zinsrückständen verwenden to apply payments to the reduction of interest;
    • Zahlung vorenthalten to withhold payment;
    • Scheck zur Zahlung vorlegen to present a check (US) (cheque, Br.) for payment;
    • Wechsel zur Zahlung vorlegen to present a bill for payment, to collect on a note;
    • elektronische Zahlungen in Euro vornehmen to make electronic payments in euro;
    • Zahlungen in Pfund vornehmen to settle payments in pounds;
    • Zahlungen während der Untersuchung zurückstellen to hold up payment pending inquiries;
    • Zahlung ist ausgesetzt payment is suspended.

    Business german-english dictionary > Zahlung

  • 35 Zählung

    Zahlung f 1. FIN satisfaction (Schuld); 2. GEN clearance, payment, PYT, settlement • eine Zahlung aufschieben RW defer payment • eine Zahlung einziehen FIN collect a payment • eine Zahlung zurückverfolgen BANK trace a payment • gegen Zahlung GEN against payment • gegen Zahlung erhalten FIN receive versus payment • in Zahlung geben BÖRSE, GEN trade in • in Zahlung nehmen GEN (infrml) take in • ohne Zahlung keine Leistung VERSICH pay-as-paid policy • Zahlung aussetzen GEN, SOZ suspend payment • Zahlung einstellen GEN stop payment, suspend payment
    * * *
    f < Math> count, counting, census
    * * *
    Zahlung
    payment, paying, scot, (Schulden) discharge, liquidation, settlement, clearance;
    • an Zahlungs statt for value, in lieu of payment;
    • gegen bare Zahlung for current payment;
    • gegen Zahlung eines Betrages in consideration of the payment of a sum;
    • gegen Zahlung der Gebühren upon payment of charges;
    • gegen Zahlung einer Lizenzgebühr on a royalty basis;
    • mangels Zahlung failing payment, for want (on default, in default) of payment;
    • mangels Zahlung protestiert protested for non-payment;
    • vorbehaltlich der Zahlung payment provided;
    • zur Zahlung aufgefordert called upon to pay;
    • abschlägige Zahlung payment on account, instalment;
    • laufend anfallende Zahlungen periodic payments;
    • anteilige Zahlung prorata payment;
    • aufgeschobene Zahlung deferred payment (US);
    • außerordentliche Zahlung extra payment;
    • außertarifliche Zahlungen payments over and above;
    • ausstehende Zahlungen outstanding debts, arrears, accounts receivables (US);
    • avisierte Zahlungen amounts advised;
    • bargeldlose Zahlung money transfer, cashless payment (US);
    • eingegangene Zahlungen payments received;
    • einmalige Zahlung single sum (payment), lump-sum payment;
    • elektronische Zahlungen electronic payments;
    • endgültige Zahlung direct payment;
    • erzwungene Zahlung compulsory payment;
    • fällige [fristgerechte] Zahlungen due payments;
    • fingierte Zahlung fictitious (sham) payments;
    • fristgemäße Zahlung payment in due time;
    • geleistete Zahlungen payments made;
    • nicht geleistete Zahlungen delinquent payments;
    • nach Steuerabzug geleistete Zahlungen franked payments (Br.);
    • degressiv gestaffelte Zahlungen gradually decreasing payments;
    • zeitlich gestaffelte Zahlungen staggered payments;
    • gestundete Zahlung deferred payment (US);
    • grenzüberschreitende Zahlungen cross-border payments;
    • jährliche Zahlung annuity;
    • kapitalähnliche Zahlung payment of a capital nature;
    • körperschaftssteuerfreie Zahlungen franked payments (Br.);
    • laufende Zahlungen current (regular) payments;
    • massierte Zahlungen block of payments;
    • monatliche Zahlung monthly payment;
    • multilaterale Zahlung multilateral payment;
    • nachträgliche Zahlung further (additional) payment;
    • zu niedrige Zahlung underpayment;
    • ordnungsgemäße Zahlung payment in due course;
    • periodische Zahlungen periodic[al] payments;
    • prompte Zahlung prompt payment;
    • proratarische Zahlung progress payment;
    • pünktliche Zahlung punctual payment;
    • regelmäßige Zahlungen periodic[al] payments;
    • rechtzeitige Zahlung due payments;
    • rückständige Zahlungen [payment in] arrears, overdue payment;
    • schnelle Zahlung prompt payment;
    • sofortige Zahlung cash (immediate, prompt) payment, spot [cash];
    • steuerfreie Zahlung tax-free payment;
    • telegrafische Zahlung telegraphic money order, cable transfer;
    • terminbedingte Zahlungen payments owed on fixed days;
    • überfällige Zahlung overdue payment;
    • übertarifliche Zahlungen payments in excess of standard rates;
    • unpünktliche Zahlungen irregular payments;
    • unregelmäßige Zahlungen irregular payments;
    • verspätete Zahlung delayed payment;
    • vertragsgemäße Zahlungen money paid hereunder;
    • verweigerte Zahlung payment refused;
    • vierteljährliche Zahlungen quarterly payments, (Dividenden) quarterly disbursements;
    • vollständige Zahlung payment in full;
    • vorbehaltlose Zahlung direct payment;
    • vorherige Zahlung advance (anticipated, US) payment;
    • widerrufene Zahlung countermand payment;
    • [regelmäßig] wiederkehrende Zahlungen periodical (regular, revolving) payments;
    • wöchentliche Zahlung weekly payment;
    • zurückgestellte Zahlung postponed payment;
    • Zahlung auf Abruf payment on demand;
    • Zahlung ohne Anerkennung einer Rechtspflicht ex gratia payment;
    • Zahlung bei Auftragserteilung cash with order;
    • Zahlung gegen Aushändigung der [Verschiffungs]dokumente payment against documents;
    • Zahlung durch eine Bank banker’s payment;
    • Zahlung im internen Bankverkehr interbank payments;
    • Zahlung in bar payment in cash (ready money);
    • Zahlung nach Belieben payment as you feel inclined;
    • Zahlung in Devisen foreign payment;
    • Zahlung gegen Dokumente cash against documents;
    • Zahlung zugunsten eines Dritten payment on behalf of a third party;
    • Zahlung ehrenhalber payment for hono(u)r;
    • Zahlung bei Eingang der Waren payment must be made upon delivery of the goods;
    • Zahlung eingestellt payment stopped;
    • Zahlung erfolgt gleichzeitig per Post payment is in the mail (US);
    • Zahlung erhalten paid, received;
    • Zahlungen in Euro payments in euro;
    • Zahlung bei Fälligkeit payment when due;
    • Zahlung vor Fälligkeit anticipated payment (US), anticipation of payment;
    • freiwillige (symbolische) Zahlung des Gemeinschuldners voluntary payment [of a bankrupt];
    • Zahlungen an Geschäftsgläubiger payments to outside creditors;
    • Zahlung gesperrt (Scheck) payment countermanded;
    • Zahlung in Gold specie payment;
    • Zahlungen aus dem Kapital principal payments;
    • Zahlung gegen Kasse payment in cash;
    • Zahlung bei Kaufabschluss payment on completion of purchase;
    • Zahlung mit rückwirkender Kraft retroactive payment;
    • Zahlungen mittels Kreditkarte transactions using bank (credit) cards;
    • Zahlung bei Lieferung cash on delivery;
    • sofortige Zahlung bei Lieferung spot cash;
    • Zahlung gegen Nachnahme cash (Br.) (collect[ion], US) on delivery;
    • Zahlung zum Parikurs parity payment;
    • Zahlung gleichzeitig per Post payment is in the mail (US);
    • Zahlung auf dem Postwege remittance by post;
    • Zahlung in Raten payment by instal(l)ments, instal(l)ment payment;
    • Zahlung in bequemen Raten easy payments;
    • Zahlung gegen offene Rechnung clean payment;
    • Zahlungen mit dem Recht der Steuereinbehaltung payments within the charge;
    • Zahlung in Sachwerten payment in kind;
    • Zahlung mittels Scheck payment by cheque (Br.) (check, US);
    • grenzüberschreitende Zahlungen per Scheck international payment transactions by cheque;
    • Zahlungen zwecks Stützung von Agrarpreisen farm-prices support payments;
    • Zahlung sofort cash terms [of sale], spot;
    • Zahlung aufgrund arglistiger Täuschung (Drohung) involuntary payment;
    • Zahlungen aufgrund einer Trennungsvereinbarung payments made under a separation agreement;
    • Zahlungen für Überstunden overtime pay;
    • Zahlungen aufgrund einer gerichtlichen Verfügung court-order payments;
    • Zahlung auf Verlangen payment upon request;
    • Zahlung ohne Verpflichtung gratuitous payment;
    • Zahlung am Vierteljahresultimo (Zinsen) quarterly disbursement (payment);
    • Zahlung im Voraus anticipated payment (US);
    • Zahlung unter Vorbehalt payment under reserve;
    • Zahlung durch Wechsel payment by way of a bill;
    • Zahlung bei Wechselvorlage payment on demand;
    • Zahlung zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt deferred payment (US);
    • Zahlung von Zinsen und Lizenzgebühren payment of interest and royalties;
    • Zahlung einer Zusatzsteuer surtax payment;
    • Zahlungen für wohltätige Zwecke payments to charity;
    • Zahlung ablehnen to decline (refuse) payment;
    • Zahlung annehmen to accept payment;
    • an Zahlungs Statt annehmen to take in (for value);
    • Etattitel zur Zahlung anweisen to pass an account for payment;
    • zur Zahlung auffordern to demand (request) payment;
    • mit der Zahlung aufhören to terminate (put off) payment;
    • Zahlung wieder aufnehmen to resume payment;
    • Zahlung aufschieben to postpone (defer, delay) payment;
    • Zahlung ausführen to effect payment;
    • Zahlung einzeln ausführen to execute a payment order individually;
    • Zahlung vorübergehend aussetzen (einstellen) to suspend payment;
    • Zahlung beitreiben to exact payment, to collect debts;
    • Zahlung gerichtlich beitreiben to enforce payment by legal proceedings;
    • Zahlung bescheinigen to receipt a payment;
    • auf Zahlung bestehen to insist on payment;
    • auf sofortiger Zahlung bestehen to demand prompt payment;
    • Zahlung zur Begleichung einer bestimmten Schuld bestimmen to apply a payment to a particular debt;
    • mit der Zahlung im Rückstand bleiben to default on one’s payment;
    • auf Zahlung drängen to press for payment;
    • Zahlung in Dollars durchführen to settle payment in dollars;
    • seine Zahlungen einhalten to keep payments, to keep up one’s credit;
    • Zahlungen nicht einhalten to default;
    • Zahlung eines Wechsels einklagen to sue on a bill;
    • Wechsel zur Zahlung einreichen to tender a bill for discount;
    • [seine] Zahlungen einstellen to stop payments, to default, to become (declare o. s.) insolvent, to suspend (cease) payment of one’s debts, to fail, to waddle out of the alley (Br. sl.), (Bank) to cease (stop) payment;
    • Zahlungen eintreiben to exact payment;
    • Zahlungen entgegennehmen to receive payments;
    • sich einer Zahlung entziehen to evade payment;
    • Zahlung erleichtern to facilitate payment;
    • Zahlung in Euro erleichtern to make payment in euros easier;
    • Zahlung von jem. erzwingen to compel s. o. to pay;
    • vierteljährliche Zahlungen festsetzen to stipulate that payment should be quarterly;
    • Waren gegen Zahlung freigeben to release goods against payment;
    • Zahlung garantieren to guarantee payment;
    • in Zahlung geben to deliver in payment, to trade in (US), to give in payment (Louisiana);
    • mit seinen Zahlungen in Rückstand geraten to fall behind with one’s payments;
    • mit den Zahlungen in Verzug geraten to default [in payment];
    • mit der Zahlung eines Wechsels in Verzug geraten to default in paying a note;
    • zu zusätzlichen Zahlungen heranziehen to assess for additional payment;
    • zur Zahlung hereingeben to lodge for payment;
    • Zahlung hinausschieben to delay (defer, postpone) payment;
    • j. mit der Zahlung hinhalten to keep s. o. waiting for funds;
    • auf Zahlung klagen to sue for payment;
    • mit den Zahlungen in Verzug kommen to default on one’s payment;
    • Zahlung leisten to make (effect, carry out) payment, to pay;
    • einmalige Zahlung leisten to commute;
    • steuerabzugsfähige Zahlungen leisten to make payments under deduction of tax;
    • Zahlung vor Fälligkeit leisten to anticipate payment;
    • in Zahlung nehmen to receive (accept) in payment;
    • Auto teilweise in Zahlung nehmen to take a car in part exchange;
    • Zahlung auf der Rückseite eines Kreditbriefes notieren to record a payment on the reverse side of a letter of credit;
    • Wechsel mangels Zahlung protestieren to protest a bill for non-payment;
    • Zahlung quittieren to receipt a payment;
    • mit seinen Zahlungen im Rückstand sein to be behind in (behindhand with, in arrears with) one’s payments;
    • mit einer Zahlung in Verzug sein to delay in making payment;
    • Zahlung sicherstellen to secure payment;
    • Zahlung sistieren to stop payments;
    • Zahlung stunden to grant (allow) a respite, to grant a delay for payment, to extend the terms of payment;
    • als Zahlung einen Scheck übersenden to send a cheque (Br.) (check, US) in settlement;
    • Zahlung verbuchen to enter an item in the ledger;
    • vierteljährliche Zahlungen vereinbaren to stipulate that payment should be quarterly;
    • Zahlungen auf Goldbasis vereinbaren to stipulate payments in gold;
    • Zahlung verlangen to request payment;
    • Zahlung Zug um Zug verlangen to require payment on delivery;
    • konzerninterne Zahlungen zeitlich verschieben to delay intra-group payments;
    • Zahlungen auf mehrere Jahre verteilen to space (spread) payments over several years;
    • zur Zahlung eines hohen Schadenersatzes verurteilen to award heavy damages;
    • Zahlung verweigern to refuse payment;
    • Zahlungen zur Verkürzung von Zinsrückständen verwenden to apply payments to the reduction of interest;
    • Zahlung vorenthalten to withhold payment;
    • Scheck zur Zahlung vorlegen to present a check (US) (cheque, Br.) for payment;
    • Wechsel zur Zahlung vorlegen to present a bill for payment, to collect on a note;
    • elektronische Zahlungen in Euro vornehmen to make electronic payments in euro;
    • Zahlungen in Pfund vornehmen to settle payments in pounds;
    • Zahlungen während der Untersuchung zurückstellen to hold up payment pending inquiries;
    • Zahlung ist ausgesetzt payment is suspended.

    Business german-english dictionary > Zählung

  • 36 libro

    m book
    libro di testo textbook
    libro illustrato picture book
    * * *
    libro s.m.
    1 book: libro in brossura, rilegato, tascabile, paperback, hardcover edition, pocket edition; libro di consultazione, book of reference (o reference book); libro di testo, text-book; libro manoscritto, manuscript; libro usato, second-hand book; libro giallo, poliziesco, thriller, detective story; libro di cucina, cookery book; libro presentato prima della entrata in commercio, advance copy; libri nuovi a prezzi scontati, remainders; fiera del libro, book fair; catalogo dei libri, book-catalogue; un club del libro, a book club; l'edizione del libro è esaurita, the book is out of print; questo libro è appena uscito, this book has just been published (o has just come out); divorare un libro, to devour a book; divulgare un libro, to make a book known (o to popularize a book); recensire un libro, to review a book; scorrere un libro, to skim through a book; sfogliare un libro, to leaf through a book // libro bianco, report; (del governo) White Paper: un libro bianco sulla droga, a report on the drug problem // parlare come un libro stampato, (scherz.) to talk like a book // il grande libro della natura, (fig.) the great book of nature; il libro della memoria, della vita, (fig.) the book of memory, of life // mettere qlcu. sul libro nero, (fig.) to put s.o. in the black book // (eccl.): libro di preghiera, prayer book; libro delle ore, book of hours; libro da messa, missal; libri liturgici, liturgical books; libri canonici, sacred books; libro battesimale, baptismal register; libro apocrifo, apocryphal book // libro all'indice, book on the Index // (mar.) libro di bordo, logbook (o log)
    2 (ciascuna delle parti in cui è divisa un'opera) book: il 'Paradiso Perduto' di Milton è in dodici libri, Milton's 'Paradise Lost' consists of twelve books
    3 (registro) register, book: gran libro del debito pubblico, national debt register; presentare i libri in tribunale, to submit the accounts to the Court; (dir.) libri del codice, civil and criminal codes // (econ.): libro degli amministratori, register of directors; libro dei soci, register of members; libro delle ipoteche e degli oneri, register of charges; libri sociali, corporate books // (comm.): libro cassa, cash-book; libro degli inventari, inventory book; libro delle ordinazioni, order book; libro fatture, invoice book; libro di magazzino, warehouse book; libro di carico e scarico di magazzino, stock book; libro spedizioni e consegne, delivery book // (amm.): libro giornale, journal; libro mastro, a partita doppia, ledger; libro paga, payroll (ledger); libri contabili, accounting books; libri catastali, land and property registers; essere sul libro paga, to be on the payroll; mettere a libro, to enter in a book (o to book); tenere i libri, to keep the books (o the accounts) // ( banca) libro saldi, balance book // ( Borsa): libro dei soci, shareholders' register; libro dei titoli azionari, stock ledger
    4 (bot.) liber, phloem.
    * * *
    ['libro]
    sostantivo maschile
    1) book (su about)

    libro di racconti, di poesie — storybook, book of poems

    2) amm. (registro) book
    •

    libro bianco — pol. blue book, white book

    libro di bordo — mar. aer. log (book)

    libro di lettura — reader, reading book

    libro da messa — mass-book, missal

    essere sul libro nero di qcn. — to be in sb.'s black book(s)

    libro d'oro — roll of honour BE o honor AE

    libro tascabile — pocketbook, paperback (book), softback (book)

    libro di testo — textbook, course book

    ••
    * * *
    libro
    /'libro/
    sostantivo m.
     1 book (su about); libro di racconti, di poesie storybook, book of poems; libro di storia history book
     2 amm. (registro) book; tenere i -i to keep the books
    parlare come un libro stampato to speak like a book
    \
    libro bianco pol. blue book, white book; libro di bordo mar. aer. log (book); libro cassa cash book; libro contabile account book; libro di lettura reader, reading book; libro mastro ledger; libro da messa mass-book, missal; libro nero black book; essere sul libro nero di qcn. to be in sb.'s black book(s); libro d'oro roll of honour BE o honor AE; libro paga payroll; libro scolastico schoolbook; libro tascabile pocketbook, paperback (book), softback (book); libro di testo textbook, course book; - i sacri sacred books.

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > libro

  • 37 πράσσω

    πράσσω, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. [full] πρήσσω, [dialect] Att. [full] πράττω (first in IG12.7.11, al., Ar. and X.), Cret. [full] πράδδω Leg.Gort.1.35: [tense] fut. πράξω, [dialect] Ion. πρήξω: [tense] aor. ἔπραξα, [dialect] Ion. ἔπρηξα: [tense] pf. πέπραχα, [dialect] Ion. πέπρηχα, (trans.) Hdt.5.106, X.HG5.2.32, Cyr.3.1.15, Din.3.21, Men.619, IG9(2).517.36 (Larissa, iii B. C.), PHib.1.80.11 (iii B. C.), (intr.) Pl.Com.187 codd., Arist.Rh.Al. 1440a36: [tense] plpf. ἐπεπράχει ([etym.] ν) (trans.) X. l.c., (intr.) App. BC5.83: [tense] pf. 2 πέπρᾱγα, [dialect] Ion. πέπρηγα, (intr.) Pi.P.2.73, Hdt.2.172, Ar.Pl. 629, Ra. 302, X.HG1.4.2, (trans.) Arist.EN 1168b35, al., SIG 364.70 (Ephesus, iii B. C.): [tense] plpf. ἐπεπράγεσαν (intr.) Th.2.4,7.24:— [tense] pf. πέπραγα [dialect] Att., πέπραχα Hellenistic, acc. to Moer.p.293 P., Phryn. PSp.103 B., but see above:—[voice] Med., [tense] fut.
    A

    πράξομαι Antipho Fr.67

    , X. HG6.2.36 (also in pass. sense, Pi.P.4.243 (prob.), Pl.R. 452a): [tense] aor.

    ἐπραξαμην S.OT 287

    , Th.4.65, etc.:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. (v.supr.), also

    πραχθήσομαι Aeschin.3.98

    , Arist.Rh. 1359a11, etc.; [tense] fut. 3

    πεπράξομαι S.OC 861

    , Ar.Av. 847, Eup.9.3 D.: [tense] aor.

    ἐπράχθην S.Tr. 679

    , Th.4.54, etc.: [tense] pf.

    πέπραγμαι A.Pr.75

    , etc. (sts. in med. sense, v. infr. vi). [[pron. full] ᾱ by nature, as is shown by the [dialect] Ion. form πρήσσω, and by the accent in πρᾶγμα, πρᾶξις, etc.]
    I in [dialect] Ep. only, pass through, pass over,

    δὶς τόσσον ἅλα πρήσσοντες ἀπῆμεν Od.9.491

    ;

    ῥίμφα πρήσσοντε κέλευθον Il.14.282

    , 23.501;

    ῥίμφα πρήσσουσι κέλευθον Od.13.83

    ;

    ὁδὸν πρήσσουσιν ὁδῖται h.Merc. 203

    : c. gen.,

    ἵνα πρήσσωμεν ὁδοῖο Il.24.264

    , Od.15.219; ὄφρα πρ. ὁδοῖο ib.47;

    ἵνα πρήσσῃσιν ὁδοῖο 3.476

    : Gramm. note that this sense is found only in [tense] pres., An.Ox.1.355, EM688.1.
    II experience certain for- tunes, fare well or ill,

    ὁ στόλος οὕτως ἔπρηξε Hdt.3.26

    , cf.4.77, Th.7.24; so

    ὡς ἔπρηξε Hdt.7.18

    ;

    κατὰ νόον π. Id.4.97

    , cf. Ar.Eq. 549;

    πράξασαν ὡς ἔπραξεν A.Ag. 1288

    ;

    εὖ πέπραγεν, ὅτι.. Pi.P.2.73

    , cf. Hdt.1.24,42, etc.;

    φλαύρως π. τῷ στόλῳ Id.6.94

    ;

    π. καλῶς A.Pr. 979

    ;

    χαλεπώτατα π. Th.8.95

    ;

    ταπεινῶς π. Isoc.5.64

    ;

    ὅστις καλῶς πράττει, οὐχὶ καὶ εὖ πράττει; Pl.Alc.1.116b

    ;

    π. εὐτυχῶς S.Ant. 701

    ;

    κάλλιστα E.Heracl. 794

    ; μακαρίως, εὐδαιμόνως, Ar.Pl. 629, 802: freq. with neut. Pron. or Adj.,

    εὖ π. τι S.OT 1006

    , cf. OC 391;

    μηδὲν εὖ π. X.Mem.1.6.8

    ;

    χρηστόν τι π. Ar.Pl. 341

    ;

    καλά Th.6.16

    ;

    χείρω Id.7.71

    ;

    μεγάλα E.IA 346

    ;

    πάντ' ἀγαθά Ar.Ra. 302

    , cf. Eq. 683 (lyr.);

    εὐδαίμονα E.El. 1359

     (anap.);

    πολλὰ καὶ ἀγαθά X.An.6.4.8

    ;

    οἷον ἥθελεν S.OC 1704

     (lyr.);

    πράξας ἅπερ ηὔχου E.Or. 355

     (anap.), cf.X.Mem.3.9.14.
    III achieve, effect, accomplish,

    οὔ τι Il.1.562

    , 11.552, Od.2.191, etc.;

    οὐδέ τι ἔργον ἐνθάδ' ἔτι πρήξει 19.324

    , cf. 16.88;

    χρῆμα μὲν οὐ πρήξεις, σὺ δ' ἐτώσια πόλλ' ἀγορεύσεις Hes.Op. 402

    ; κλέος ἔπραξεν won it, Pi.I.5(4).8; ἔπραξε δεσμόν achieved bondage, i.e. brought it on himself, Id.P.2.40;

    τινὰ Νηρεΐδων π. ἄκοιτιν Id.N.5.36

    ; ὕμνον π. grant power of song, ib.9.3; λεόντεσσι π. φόνον do slaughter upon them, ib.3.46;

    τὴν Κυπρίων ἀπόστασιν π. Hdt.5.113

    ; π. εἰρήνην, φιλίαν, bring it about, D.3.7, 18.162; π. τι παρά τινος get something from..,

    ὧν δέονται πάντων πεπραγότες εἶεν παρὰ βασιλέως X.HG1.4.2

    ;

    ἐλπὶς πράξειν τι παρὰ τῶν θεῶν ἀγαθόν Isoc.2.20

    ; also, attempt, plot,

    δήμου κατάλυσιν And.3.6

    : c. dat. pers.,

    δαίμοσιν π. φίλα A.Pr. 660

    ;

    Αοξίᾳ χάριν E. Ion37

    , cf. 896 (lyr.), El. 1133, etc.;

    σὺ τοῦτο πράξεις ὥστε..; A.Eu. 896

    :—[voice] Pass.,

    πέπρακται τοὖργον Id.Pr.75

    ;

    φεῦ φεῦ πέπρακται E.Hipp. 680

    ;

    τὰ πεπραγμένα Pi.O.2.15

    , etc.;

    ἡ ἐπὶ τοῖς πεπρ. ἀδοξία D. 1.11

    ;

    τὰ πεπρ. λῦσαι Id.24.76

    ;

    τὰ πραχθέντα A.Pr. 683

    , etc.; τὰ ἔργα τῶν πραχθέντων the facts of what took place, Th.1.22;

    οὐ γὰρ ἂν τό γε πραχθὲν ἀγένητον θείη Pl.Prt. 324b

    .
    3 of sexual intercourse,

    ἐπράχθη τὰ μέγιστα Theoc.2.143

    .
    4 to be busy with, σὺ μὲν τὰ σαυτῆς πρᾶσσ' mind your own business, S.El. 678;

    πράττων ἔκαστος τὸ αὑτοῦ Pl. Phdr. 247a

    , cf. Plt. 307e;

    τὰ αὑτοῦ π. καὶ μὴ πολυπραγμονεῖν Id.R. 433a

    , cf. 400e, etc. (whereas πολλὰ π. = πολυπραγμονεῖν, Hdt.5.33, E.HF 266, Ar.Ra. 228, etc.);

    φιλοσόφου τὰ αὑτοῦ πράξαντος καὶ οὐ πολυπραγμονήσαντος Pl.Grg. 526c

    , cf. Ap. 33a, etc.; οὐδ' εὖ.. οἰκοῦνται αἱ πόλεις, ὅταν τὰ αὑτῶν ἕκαστοι πράττωσι (ironical) Id.Alc.1.127b; μὴ τὰ αὑτῶν π. not to act their part, Id.R. 452c;

    π. τὰ δέοντα X.Mem. 3.8.1

    .
    5 manage affairs, do business, act, εἰπεῖν τε καὶ πρᾶξαι ib.2.9.4, cf. 2.8.6; πράττειν τὰ πολιτικὰ πράγματα, τὰ τῆς πόλεως, manage state-affairs, take part in government, Pl.Ap. 31d, Lys.16.20;

    τὰ Ἀθηναίων Pl.Smp. 216a

    ;

    οἱ τὰ κοινὰ π. καὶ πολιτευόμενοι Arist.Pol. 1324b1

    : abs., without any addition, ἱκανωτάτω λέγειν τε καὶ πράττειν, of able statesmen, X.Mem.1.2.15, cf. 4.2.1,4;

    πολιτεύεσθαι καὶ π. D.18.45

    , cf. 59, Pl.Prt. 317a.
    6 generally, transact, negotiate, manage,

    οἱ πράξαντες πρὸς αὐτὸν τὴν λῆψιν τῆς πόλεως Th. 4.114

    ; Θηβαίοις τὰ πράγματα π. manage matters for their interest, D.19.77:—so in [voice] Pass., τῷ Ἱπποκράτει τὰ.. πράγματα ἀπό τινων ἀνδρῶν.. ἐπράσσετο matters were negotiated with him by.., Th.4.76: but freq. abs., treat, negotiate, manage, act, οἱ πράσσοντες αὐτῷ ib. 110, cf. 5.76;

    π. πρός τινα Id.2.5

    , 4.73, etc.; ἐς (v.l. πρὸς) τοὺς βαρβάρους, ἐς τοὺς Εἵλωτας, Id.1.131, 132:—[voice] Pass.,

    ἐπράττετο οὐ πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους Aeschin.3.64

    ; also

    π. τι ὑπὲρ τῶν κοινῶν D.26.2

    ;

    π. ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλεως τὰ πάτρια Id.59.73

    ;

    π. περὶ εἰρήνης X.HG6.3.3

    ;

    π. τῇ δύναιτο ἄριστα Hdt.5.30

    ;

    π. ὡς ἄριστα καὶ πιστότατα Th.1.129

    ;

    οἱ πράσσοντες

     the traitors,

    Id.4.89

    , 113:—folld. by dependent clauses,

    πρᾶσσε καὶ τὰ ἐμὰ καὶ τὰ σὰ ὅπῃ κάλλιστα ἕξει Id.1.129

    ; ἐς τὴν Πελοπόννησον ἔπρασσεν, ὅπῃ ὠφελία τις γενήσεται ib.65; π. ὅπως πόλεμος γένηται ib.57; π. ὅπως τιμωρήσονται ib.56, cf. 3.4,70, etc.: c. acc. et inf.,

    μὴ δεῦρο πλεῖν τὴν ναῦν ἔπραττεν D.32.22

    .
    IV practise,

    πόνῳ π. θεοδμάτους ἀρετάς Pi. I.6(5).11

    ;

    δίκαια ἢ ἄδικα Pl.Ap. 28b

    , etc.;

    ταῦτ' ἔπραξάν τε καὶ ἔλεξαν X.Cyr.5.1.1

    ;

    ἃ καὶ λέγειν ὀκνοῦμεν οἱ πεπραχότες Men.619

    : then abs., act,

    π. ἔργῳ μὲν σθένος βουλαῖσι δὲ φρήν Pi.N.1.26

    ; ὡς πράττοντες as doing, Pl.R. 527a; μεθ' ἡμῶν ἔπραττεν, i. e. he took our side, Is.5.14.
    2 study,

    δράματα Suid.

     s.v. Ἀριστοφάνης; συλλογισμούς Arr.Epict.2.17.27; ἐν τοῖς πραττομένοις in the poems which are now studied, made the subject of commentaries, Sch.Nic. Th.11.
    V c. dupl. acc. pers. et rei, πράττειν τινά τι do something to one, E.Hel. 1394, Isoc.12.93;

    ἀγαθόν τι π. τὴν πόλιν Ar. Ec. 108

    .
    VI exact payment from one,

    αὐτοὺς ἑκατὸν τάλαντα ἔπρηξαν Hdt.3.58

    ; πράσσει με τόκον he makes me pay interest, Batr.185;

    π. τινὰ χρέος Pi.O.3.7

    , cf. P.9.104;

    ὅσοι πράξεις πεπράγασιν SIG364.70

     (Ephesus, iii B. C.);

    τοὐφειλόμενον π. Δίκη A.Ch. 311

     (anap.);

    ἀντίποινα Id.Pers. 476

    : freq. of tax-gatherers or other collectors of public debt, IG12.116.16, al., Pl.Lg. 774d;

    π. τὰς εἰσφοράς D.22.77

    , etc.; φόρον ἔπρησσον παρ' ἑκάστων obtained or demanded from.., Hdt.1.106: c. acc. pers., press for payment,

    μὴ π. τοὺς ὀφειλέτας Plb.38.11.10

    ; π. τινά τι ὑπέρ τινος demand from one as the price for a thing, Luc.Vit.Auct.18: metaph., φόνον π. exact punishment or vengeance for a murder: hence, avenge, punish, A.Eu. 624;

    τὰ περὶ τὸν φόνον ἀγριωτέρως π. Pl.Lg. 867d

    :—[voice] Pass., ὑπὸ βασιλέως πεπραγμένος φόρους called on to pay up the tribute, Th.8.5; πραχθεὶς

    ὑπὸτῶνδε Lys.9.21

     codd., cf. Pl.Lg. 921c:—[voice] Med., exact for oneself,

    πράξασθαί τινα μισθόν Pi.O.10(11).30

    ; ἀργύριον, χρήματα, Hdt.2.126, Th.4.65, cf. Ar.Ra. 561, etc.;

    τὴν διπλασίαν π. τὸν ὑποφεύγοντα Pl.Lg. 762b

    , cf. Plb.5.54.11;

    π. τοὺς ἐξάγοντας τριακοστήν D.20.32

    ;

    πράσσεσθαι χρέος Antipho Fr.67

    ; φόρους πράσσεσθαι ἀπό, ἐκ τῶν πόλεων, Th.8.5, 37;

    παρ' αὐτῶν ἃ ὤφειλον Lys.17.3

    , cf. And.2.11: metaph. of exacting punishment, etc.,

    μεγάλ' ἀντ' ὀλίγων ἐπράξαο Call.Lav.Pall.91

    :—[voice] Pass. [tense] pf. and [tense] plpf. in med. sense, εἰ μὲν ἐπεπράγμην τοῦτον τὴν δίκην if I had exacted from him the full amount, D.29.2.
    VII c. acc. pers., πράττειν τινά deal with, finish off, euphem.,

    ἔπρασσε δ' ᾇπέρ νιν, ὧδε θάπτει A.Ch. 440

     (lyr.); πεπραγμένοι is f.l.ib. 132.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πράσσω

  • 38 upom|nieć

    pf — upom|inać impf (upomnisz, upomniał, upomnieli — upominam) Ⅰ vt książk. to admonish, to reprimand (kogoś za coś sb for sth); [policja, sędzia] to caution, to reprimand
    - upomnieć kogoś surowo/łagodnie to admonish a. reprimand sb severely/gently
    - upominać kogoś przy każdej okazji to reprove sb at every opportunity
    - został upomniany za szybką jazdę he was cautioned for speeding
    - upomniała swoje dziecko za złe zachowanie she reprimanded her child for behaving badly
    Ⅱ upomnieć się — upominać się książk. 1. (dopominać się) to demand (o coś sth)
    - upomnieć się o zapłatę to demand payment
    - upominać się o swoje prawa to assert one’s rights
    - upomnieć się u kogoś o dług to remind sb of a debt
    2. pot. (brać w obronę) to stand up; to speak up (o kogoś for sb)
    - nikt nie chciał się za nim upomnieć nobody stood up for him
    3. przen. natura upomni się o swoje prawa nature will out
    - mój żołądek upominał się o jedzenie my stomach was demanding food a. calling for food
    ■ upomnieć się o czyjąś/swoją krzywdę przen. to seek redress for the wrong done to sb/one

    The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > upom|nieć

Страницы
  • 1
  • 2

См. также в других словарях:

  • To pay the debt of nature — Nature Na ture (?; 135), n. [F., fr. L. natura, fr. natus born, produced, p. p. of nasci to be born. See {Nation}.] 1. The existing system of things; the universe of matter, energy, time and space; the physical world; all of creation. Contrasted… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Debt-for-nature swap — Debt for nature swaps are financial transactions in which a portion of a developing nation s foreign debt is forgiven in exchange for local investments in environmental conservation measures. Contents 1 History 2 How Debt for Nature Swaps Work 3… …   Wikipedia

  • Debt-for-Nature Swap — Debt for nature swaps are financial transactions in which a portion of a developing nation s foreign debt is forgiven in exchange for local investments in conservation measures. The concept of debt for nature swaps was first conceived by Thomas… …   Wikipedia

  • pay the debt of nature — Die, expire, pass away, depart this life, breathe one s last, end one s days, be no more, give up the ghost, join the majority, go to one s long account, shuffle off this mortal coil, take one s last sleep, go down into silence …   New dictionary of synonyms

  • Aristotle the philosopher of nature — David Furley 1 THE TREATISES ON NATURE The subject matter of the present chapter is what Aristotle has to say about the natural world the subject that in classical Greek is most accurately rendered as ta physika. But of course this includes many… …   History of philosophy

  • Nature — Na ture (?; 135), n. [F., fr. L. natura, fr. natus born, produced, p. p. of nasci to be born. See {Nation}.] 1. The existing system of things; the universe of matter, energy, time and space; the physical world; all of creation. Contrasted with… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Nature printing — Nature Na ture (?; 135), n. [F., fr. L. natura, fr. natus born, produced, p. p. of nasci to be born. See {Nation}.] 1. The existing system of things; the universe of matter, energy, time and space; the physical world; all of creation. Contrasted… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Nature worship — Nature Na ture (?; 135), n. [F., fr. L. natura, fr. natus born, produced, p. p. of nasci to be born. See {Nation}.] 1. The existing system of things; the universe of matter, energy, time and space; the physical world; all of creation. Contrasted… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • The Seal of Confession —     The Law of the Seal of Confession     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Law of the Seal of Confession     In the Decretum of the Gratian who compiled the edicts of previous councils and the principles of Church law which he published about 1151,… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Cherry Orchard — (Вишнëвый сад or Vishniovy sad in Russian) is Russian playwright Anton Chekhov s last play. It premiered at the Moscow Art Theatre 17 January 1904 in a production directed by Constantin Stanislavski. Chekhov intended this play as a comedy and it… …   Wikipedia

  • The Sacrament of Penance —     The Sacrament of Penance     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Sacrament of Penance     Penance is a sacrament of the New Law instituted by Christ in which forgiveness of sins committed after baptism is granted through the priest s absolution to… …   Catholic encyclopedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»